TWI900551B - Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, method for manufacturing semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with film adhesive - Google Patents
Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, method for manufacturing semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with film adhesiveInfo
- Publication number
- TWI900551B TWI900551B TW110110973A TW110110973A TWI900551B TW I900551 B TWI900551 B TW I900551B TW 110110973 A TW110110973 A TW 110110973A TW 110110973 A TW110110973 A TW 110110973A TW I900551 B TWI900551 B TW I900551B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- adhesive
- film
- semiconductor device
- intermediate layer
- device manufacturing
- Prior art date
Links
Abstract
本發明係一種半導體裝置製造用片,具備貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之標籤部、及設置於較前述標籤部更靠外側之至少一部分的外周部,前述標籤部及前述外周部係具備基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑,且係於前述基材上將前述黏著劑層、前述中間層、前述膜狀接著劑及剝離膜依序積層而構成,於前述標籤部與前述外周部之間,設有未積層有前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之溝槽,前述中間層含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂作為主成分。The present invention relates to a sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices, comprising a label portion for attachment to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, and a peripheral portion disposed at least partially outside the label portion. The label portion and the peripheral portion comprise a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a film adhesive. The adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, the film adhesive, and a release film are sequentially deposited on the substrate. A trench is provided between the label portion and the peripheral portion, where the intermediate layer and the film adhesive are not deposited. The intermediate layer contains a non-silicone resin having a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less as a main component.
Description
本發明係關於一種半導體裝置製造用片、半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法以及具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法。 本申請案係基於2020年3月27日於日本提出申請之日本專利特願2020-058734號並主張優先權,將該申請案之內容援用於此。This invention relates to a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, a method for manufacturing the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip having a film adhesive. This application is based upon and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-058734 filed in Japan on March 27, 2020, and the contents of that application are incorporated herein by reference.
於製造半導體裝置時,使用具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片,該具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片具備半導體晶片、及設置該半導體晶片的內面之膜狀接著劑。作為具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法之一例,例如可列舉以下所示之方法。When manufacturing semiconductor devices, a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive is used. The semiconductor chip with a film adhesive comprises a semiconductor chip and a film adhesive applied to the inner surface of the semiconductor chip. An example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive is the method shown below.
首先,於半導體晶圓的內面貼附切割黏晶片(dicing die-bonding sheet)。作為切割黏晶片,例如可列舉具備支撐片、及設置於前述支撐片的面上之膜狀接著劑者。支撐片係能夠用作切割片。作為支撐片,例如存在具備基材及設置於前述基材的面上之黏著劑層者、及僅由基材構成者等構成不同之多種支撐片。具備黏著劑層之支撐片係黏著劑層側的最表面成為設置膜狀接著劑之面。切割黏晶片係藉由該切割黏晶片中的膜狀接著劑而貼附於半導體晶圓的內面。First, a dicing die-bonding sheet is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer. Examples of dicing die-bonding sheets include those having a support sheet and a film-like adhesive disposed on the surface of the support sheet. The support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet. Examples of support sheets include those having a base material and an adhesive layer disposed on the surface of the base material, and those consisting only of a base material. In a support sheet having an adhesive layer, the outermost surface of the adhesive layer side serves as the surface on which the film-like adhesive is disposed. The dicing die-bonding sheet is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer by means of the film-like adhesive in the dicing die-bonding sheet.
繼而,藉由刀片切割將支撐片上的半導體晶圓與膜狀接著劑一併切斷。半導體晶圓之「切斷」亦被稱為「分割」,藉此而半導體晶圓被單片化為目標半導體晶片。膜狀接著劑係沿著半導體晶片的外周被切斷。藉此,可獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片,並且可獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群,上述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片係具備半導體晶片、及設置於該半導體晶片的內面之切斷後之膜狀接著劑,上述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群係於支撐片上以整齊排列之狀態保持有多個這些具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。Next, the semiconductor wafer and the film adhesive on the support sheet are cut together using a dicing blade. Cutting a semiconductor wafer is also called singulation, and it is used to separate the semiconductor wafer into the target semiconductor chips. The film adhesive is cut along the periphery of the semiconductor chip. In this way, a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive can be obtained, and a group of semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive can be obtained. The above-mentioned semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive is a semiconductor chip and a cut film-like adhesive arranged on the inner surface of the semiconductor chip. The above-mentioned group of semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive is a group of semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive that maintains multiple semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive in an orderly arranged state on a support sheet.
繼而,將具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片自支撐片扯離並拾取。於使用具備硬化性之黏著劑層的支撐片之情形時,此時藉由使黏著劑層硬化來降低黏著性,而拾取變容易。藉由以上操作,獲得用於製造半導體裝置的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。Next, the semiconductor chip with the film-like adhesive is pulled off the support sheet and picked up. When using a support sheet with a curable adhesive layer, curing the adhesive layer reduces the stickiness, making it easier to pick up. Through the above operation, a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive is obtained for use in semiconductor device manufacturing.
作為具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法之另一例,例如可列舉以下所示之方法。 首先,於半導體晶圓的電路形成面貼附背面研磨帶(有時亦稱為「表面保護帶」)。 繼而,於半導體晶圓的內部設定分割預定部位,以該部位所含之區域為焦點,以聚焦於該焦點之方式照射雷射光,藉此於半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層。繼而,使用研磨機將半導體晶圓的內面加以磨削,藉此將半導體晶圓之厚度調節為目標值。藉由利用此時施加於半導體晶圓之磨削時之力,而於改質層之形成部位將半導體晶圓加以分割(單片化),製作多個半導體晶片。如此伴隨改質層之形成的半導體晶圓之分割方法被稱為隱形切割(stealth dicing,註冊商標),與一邊藉由對半導體晶圓照射雷射光而削去照射部位之半導體晶圓、一邊將半導體晶圓自表面逐漸切斷之雷射切割在本質上完全不同。As another example of a method for manufacturing semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive, the following method can be cited. First, back grinding tape (sometimes also called "surface protection tape") is attached to the circuit-forming surface of a semiconductor wafer. Next, a predetermined division location is set within the semiconductor wafer, and laser light is irradiated with a focused area within the location, thereby forming a modified layer within the semiconductor wafer. Next, a grinder is used to grind the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer to adjust the thickness of the semiconductor wafer to the target value. By utilizing the force applied to the semiconductor wafer during grinding, the semiconductor wafer is divided (singulated) at the location where the modified layer is formed, thereby producing multiple semiconductor chips. This method of separating semiconductor wafers with the formation of a modified layer is called stealth dicing (a registered trademark). It is fundamentally different from laser dicing, which gradually cuts the semiconductor wafer from the surface while irradiating the semiconductor wafer with laser light to remove the irradiated area.
進而,於固定在背面研磨帶上之這些所有半導體晶片的進行了上述磨削之內面(換言之磨削面)貼附一片黏晶片。作為黏晶片,可列舉與上述切割黏晶片相同者。黏晶片像這樣地於半導體晶圓之切割時不使用,有時能夠設計成與切割黏晶片具有同樣之構成。黏晶片亦藉由該黏晶片中的膜狀接著劑而貼附於半導體晶片的內面。Furthermore, a piece of adhesive is attached to the ground inner surface (in other words, the ground surface) of each of the semiconductor wafers secured to the back grinding tape. The adhesive can be similar to the dicing adhesive described above. While the adhesive is not used for dicing the semiconductor wafer, it can sometimes be designed to have the same structure as the dicing adhesive. The adhesive is also attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer using a film-like adhesive within the adhesive.
繼而,自半導體晶片移除背面研磨帶後,將黏晶片一邊加以冷卻、一邊沿相對於該黏晶片的表面(例如膜狀接著劑對半導體晶片之貼附面)呈平行之方向上進行拉伸的所謂擴展(冷擴展),藉此將膜狀接著劑沿著半導體晶片的外周加以切斷。 藉由以上操作,而獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片,該具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片係具備半導體晶片、及設置於該半導體晶片的內面之切斷後之膜狀接著劑。After removing the back grinding tape from the semiconductor wafer, the adhesive wafer is cooled while being stretched in a direction parallel to the surface of the adhesive wafer (e.g., the surface where the film adhesive is attached to the semiconductor wafer), thereby cutting the film adhesive along the periphery of the semiconductor wafer. This operation results in a semiconductor wafer with an adhesive film, which comprises a semiconductor wafer and the cut film adhesive disposed on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer.
繼而,與上述採用刀片切割之情形同樣地,將具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片自支撐片加以扯離並拾取,藉此獲得用於製造半導體裝置之具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。Then, similar to the above-mentioned case of using a blade for cutting, the semiconductor wafer with a film-shaped adhesive is pulled off from the support sheet and picked up, thereby obtaining a semiconductor wafer with a film-shaped adhesive for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
切割黏晶片及黏晶片均能夠用於製造具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片,最終能夠製造目標半導體裝置。本說明書中,包括切割黏晶片及黏晶片而稱為「半導體裝置製造用片」。Both dicing and bonding wafers can be used to manufacture semiconductor wafers with film adhesives, ultimately enabling the manufacture of target semiconductor devices. In this specification, both dicing and bonding wafers are referred to as "semiconductor device manufacturing sheets."
作為半導體裝置製造用片,例如揭示有一種切割黏晶帶(相當於前述切割黏晶片),該切割黏晶帶具有基材層(相當於前述支撐片)與接著劑層(相當於前述膜狀接著劑)直接接觸而積層之構成(參照專利文獻1)。該切割黏晶帶中,基材層及接著劑層於-15℃之90度剝離力經調節至特定範圍,故而可認為能夠藉由擴展而高精度地分斷接著劑層。另外,基材層及接著劑層於23℃之90度剝離力經調節至特定範圍,故而可認為於使用該切割黏晶帶之情形時,能夠無困難地拾取具接著劑層之半導體晶片(相當於前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片),並且於直至拾取為止之過程中,能夠抑制半導體晶圓及半導體晶片自接著劑層剝離。For example, a dicing tape (equivalent to the aforementioned dicing tape wafer) has been disclosed as a sheet for semiconductor device manufacturing. This tape comprises a laminated structure in which a base layer (equivalent to the aforementioned support sheet) and an adhesive layer (equivalent to the aforementioned film-like adhesive) are in direct contact (see Patent Document 1). In this dicing tape, the 90-degree peeling force of the base layer and the adhesive layer at -15°C is adjusted to a specific range, making it possible to precisely separate the adhesive layer through expansion. Furthermore, the 90-degree peel force of the substrate layer and adhesive layer at 23°C is adjusted to a specific range. Therefore, when using this dicing tape, it is believed that semiconductor chips with adhesive layers (equivalent to the aforementioned semiconductor chips with film adhesives) can be picked up without difficulty. Furthermore, during the process leading up to the pick-up, the semiconductor wafer and the semiconductor chip can be prevented from peeling off from the adhesive layer.
另外,黏晶片等有時係連續地貼合於長條之剝離膜上,並捲成輥狀而供給。[先前技術文獻][專利文獻]In addition, adhesive chips are sometimes continuously attached to a long peeling film and then rolled into a roll for supply. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]
[專利文獻1]日本特開2018-56289號公報。[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-56289.
[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem that the invention aims to solve]
然而,專利文獻1所揭示之切割黏晶帶雖然適合應用於隱形切割(註冊商標),但不適於應用刀片切割。若使用該切割黏晶帶進行刀片切割,則容易自基材層產生鬚狀之切削屑(該領域中有時亦稱為「晶鬚(Whisker)」等),分割半導體晶圓時之分割適性劣化。However, while the dicing tape disclosed in Patent Document 1 is suitable for stealth dicing (registered trademark), it is not suitable for blade dicing. Using this dicing tape for blade dicing easily generates whisker-like shavings (sometimes referred to in the art as "whiskers") from the substrate layer, degrading the dicing suitability when singulating semiconductor wafers.
另外,前述接著劑層(相當於前述膜狀接著劑)有時係預先根據成為使用對象之半導體晶圓等之形狀而經衝壓加工。另外,基材層(相當於中間層)亦可同樣地經衝壓加工。衝壓加工後之剩餘部分(未貼附於半導體晶圓等之周緣部)被去除,因而這些經衝壓加工之部分相較於周圍之部分被積層得較高。然而,此種各積層部分之層厚差異所致之高低差有下述問題:於將半導體裝置製造用片捲成輥狀而供給時,各高低差之位置偏離而重疊,容易成為捲取痕跡(亦稱為「捲痕」)之產生原因。The aforementioned adhesive layer (equivalent to the aforementioned film adhesive) is sometimes pre-pressed based on the shape of the semiconductor wafer, etc., to be used. The base layer (equivalent to the intermediate layer) can also be similarly press-processed. The remaining portion after the press-processing (the portion not attached to the periphery of the semiconductor wafer, etc.) is removed, resulting in a higher build-up of the laminate compared to the surrounding portions. However, the height differences caused by the thickness differences between the layers have the following problem: when the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is rolled into a roll and supplied, the positions of the height differences deviate and overlap, which easily becomes the cause of the winding mark (also called "winding mark").
本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體晶圓之分割適性優異且捲取痕跡之產生得到抑制的半導體裝置製造用片。[用以解決課題之手段]The object of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet that has excellent semiconductor wafer separation suitability and suppresses the generation of winding marks. [Means for Solving the Problem]
[1]一種半導體裝置製造用片,係具備:標籤部,包含貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之部分;以及外周部,設置於較前述標籤部更靠外側的至少一部分;前述標籤部及前述外周部係具備基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑,並且係於前述基材上依序積層前述黏著劑層、前述中間層、前述膜狀接著劑及剝離膜而構成;於前述標籤部與前述外周部之間,設有未積層有前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之溝槽;前述中間層含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂作為主成分。 [2]如前述[1]所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中前述標籤部的前述半導體裝置製造用片之厚度之最大值、與前述外周部的前述半導體裝置製造用片之厚度之最大值之差為3μm以下。 [3]如前述[1]或[2]所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中前述標籤部之膜狀接著劑中,相對於對前述半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附面呈平行之方向上的寬度之最大值為150mm至160mm、200mm至210mm或300mm至310mm。 [4]如前述[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中前述標籤部的中間層之厚度為15μm以上至80μm以下。 [5]如前述[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中於前述中間層中,前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於前述中間層之總質量的比率為50質量%以上。 [6]如前述[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中於藉由X射線光電子分光法對前述中間層的前述膜狀接著劑側之面進行分析時,矽之濃度相對於碳、氧、氮及矽之合計濃度的比率為1%至20%。 [7]如前述[1]至[6]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中前述非矽系樹脂含有乙烯乙酸乙烯酯共聚物。 [8]如前述[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其中前述中間層含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及矽氧烷系化合物;於前述中間層中,前述乙烯乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於前述中間層之總質量的比率為90質量%至99.99質量%;於前述中間層中,前述矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於前述中間層之總質量的比率為0.01質量%至10質量%。 [9]如前述[1]至[8]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其係用於冷擴展,該冷擴展係將前述半導體裝置製造用片於較常溫更低之溫度沿相對於前述半導體裝置製造用片平面呈平行之方向上擴展,藉此切斷前述膜狀接著劑。 [10]如前述[1]至[9]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片,其係於長條狀之前述剝離膜上具備前述標籤部及前述外周部,且以前述標籤部及前述外周部作為內側捲成輥而成之輥體。 [11]一種半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法,係如前述[1]至[10]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法,且包含:積層步驟,將具備前述基材及前述黏著劑層之第一中間積層體、與具備前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之第二中間積層體加以貼合;以及加工步驟,將前述第二中間積層體的一部分前述膜狀接著劑加以衝壓加工後去除,形成前述標籤部、前述溝槽及前述外周部。 [12]一種具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法,係具有下述步驟:於前述[1]至[10]中任一項所記載之半導體裝置製造用片的前述膜狀接著劑之側積層半導體晶圓或半導體晶片,獲得積層體之步驟;以及將前述膜狀接著劑、或前述半導體晶圓及前述膜狀接著劑沿著前述半導體晶片的外周加以切斷,獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之步驟。 [發明功效][1] A sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices, comprising: a label portion including a portion to be attached to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip; and a peripheral portion provided at least a portion further outward from the label portion; the label portion and the peripheral portion comprising a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a film adhesive, and being formed by sequentially laminating the adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, the film adhesive, and a release film on the substrate; a groove on which the intermediate layer and the film adhesive are not deposited is provided between the label portion and the peripheral portion; the intermediate layer contains a non-silicone resin having a weight average molecular weight of not more than 100,000 as a main component. [2] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in [1] above, wherein the difference between the maximum thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet in the label portion and the maximum thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet in the peripheral portion is 3 μm or less. [3] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in [1] or [2] above, wherein the maximum width of the film adhesive in the label portion in a direction parallel to the attachment surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip is 150 mm to 160 mm, 200 mm to 210 mm, or 300 mm to 310 mm. [4] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the thickness of the intermediate layer in the label portion is 15 μm or more and 80 μm or less. [5] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the content of the non-silicone resin in the intermediate layer is 50% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [6] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein when the surface of the intermediate layer on the film adhesive side is analyzed by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, the ratio of the silicon concentration to the total concentration of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen and silicon is 1% to 20%. [7] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein the non-silicone resin contains ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer. [8] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the intermediate layer contains an ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer as the non-silicone resin and a siloxane compound; the content of the ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer in the intermediate layer is 90% by mass to 99.99% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer; and the content of the siloxane compound in the intermediate layer is 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [9] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of the above [1] to [8] is used for cold expansion, wherein the cold expansion is performed by expanding the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at a temperature lower than room temperature in a direction parallel to the plane of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, thereby cutting the film-like adhesive. [10] The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of the above [1] to [9] is a roll body formed by rolling the strip-shaped release film with the label portion and the peripheral portion as the inner side. [11] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet as described in any one of [1] to [10] above, comprising: a lamination step of laminating a first intermediate laminate having the substrate and the adhesive layer and a second intermediate laminate having the intermediate layer and the film adhesive; and a processing step of removing a portion of the film adhesive from the second intermediate laminate by punching, thereby forming the label portion, the groove, and the peripheral portion. [12] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive, comprising the following steps: a step of laminating a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip on the side of the film-like adhesive of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet described in any one of [1] to [10] to obtain a laminate; and a step of cutting the film-like adhesive, or the semiconductor wafer and the film-like adhesive, along the periphery of the semiconductor chip to obtain a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive. [Effect of the invention]
根據本態樣,可提供一種半導體晶圓之分割適性優異且捲取痕跡之產生得到抑制的半導體裝置製造用片。According to this aspect, a sheet for semiconductor device manufacturing can be provided that has excellent semiconductor wafer separation suitability and suppresses the generation of winding marks.
◇半導體裝置製造用片 本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片係具備:標籤部,包含貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之部分;以及外周部,設置於較前述標籤部更靠外側的至少一部分;前述標籤部及前述外周部係具備基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑,並且係於前述基材上依序積層前述黏著劑層、前述中間層、前述膜狀接著劑及剝離膜而構成;於前述標籤部與前述外周部之間,設有未積層有前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之溝槽;前述中間層含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂作為主成分。◇Sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices A sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a label portion comprising a portion to be attached to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip; and a peripheral portion disposed at least a portion further outward than the label portion; the label portion and the peripheral portion comprise a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a film-like adhesive, and are constructed by sequentially stacking the adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, the film-like adhesive, and a release film on the substrate; a groove is provided between the label portion and the peripheral portion on which the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive are not stacked; the intermediate layer contains a non-silicone resin having a weight-average molecular weight of not more than 100,000 as a main component.
本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片藉由具備前述外周部,即便於將半導體裝置製造用片捲成輥狀而以輥體之形式供給之情形時,亦抑制捲取痕跡之產生。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment has the aforementioned peripheral portion, and thus, even when the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is rolled into a roll and supplied in the form of a roll, the generation of a winding mark is suppressed.
先前之半導體裝置製造用片即便於較標籤部更靠外側具有結構,亦為僅由基材及黏著劑層構成之結構。相對於此,實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片所具備外周部具有與標籤部同樣之層結構,藉此,即便於經衝壓加工之標籤部相較於周圍之部分(溝槽)而積層得更高之情形時,因標籤部與溝槽之總厚差異所致之高低差亦不易影響經捲取重疊之部分,捲取痕跡之產生得到抑制。捲取痕跡係可藉由將輥體之輥捲鬆開,於膜狀接著劑等中目視前述高低差之重疊部分而確認。捲取痕跡之確認較佳為於容易產生捲取痕跡之輥體的芯部之附近進行。Even if a conventional semiconductor device manufacturing sheet has a structure outside the label portion, it is composed solely of a base material and an adhesive layer. In contrast, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of the embodiment has an outer peripheral portion with the same layer structure as the label portion. This allows the label portion to be stacked higher than the surrounding portion (groove) during stamping, and the height difference caused by the difference in total thickness between the label portion and the groove is less likely to affect the overlapped portion during winding, thus suppressing the formation of winding marks. Winding marks can be confirmed by visually observing the overlapping portion of the height difference in the film adhesive, etc., after unwinding the roll. The confirmation of the winding mark is preferably carried out near the core of the roll where the winding mark is easily generated.
關於上述外周部之位置,所謂「較前述標籤部更靠外側」,為相對於前述標籤部的膜狀接著劑之表面呈平行之方向上的位置。關於上述溝槽之位置,所謂「前述標籤部與前述外周部之間」,為相對於前述標籤部的膜狀接著劑之表面呈平行之方向上的位置。Regarding the position of the peripheral portion, "outer than the label portion" refers to a position parallel to the surface of the film adhesive relative to the label portion. Regarding the position of the groove, "between the label portion and the peripheral portion" refers to a position parallel to the surface of the film adhesive relative to the label portion.
前述半導體裝置製造用片藉由具備前述中間層,而於將本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片用作切割黏晶片進行刀片切割之情形時,能夠容易地避免刀片到達基材,能夠抑制自基材產生鬚狀之切削屑(別名:晶鬚(Whisker),以下不限於源自基材者,有時簡稱為「切削屑」)。而且,利用刀片加以切斷之前述中間層之主成分,藉由使用重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂、尤其藉由使用重量平均分子量為100000以下,亦能夠抑制自中間層產生前述切削屑。By including the intermediate layer, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment can easily prevent the blade from reaching the substrate when the sheet is used to cut wafers for dicing. This can suppress the generation of whisker-like chips (also known as "whiskers"; hereinafter, not limited to those originating from the substrate, sometimes simply referred to as "chips") from the substrate. Furthermore, by using a non-silicone resin with a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less, particularly a resin with a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less, as the main component of the intermediate layer cut by the blade, the generation of chips from the intermediate layer can also be suppressed.
本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片藉由具備前述中間層,而於將本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片用作黏晶片來進行伴隨半導體晶圓中之改質層形成的切割(隱形切割(註冊商標))之情形時,藉由後續將半導體裝置製造用片沿相對於該半導體裝置製造用片的表面(例如膜狀接著劑對半導體晶片之貼附面)呈平行之方向上進行拉伸(所謂的擴展),膜狀接著劑可於目標部位被高精度地切斷,能夠抑制切斷不良。可認為原因在於,藉由具備中間層,而能夠將擴展之應力高效率地用於晶片間距離擴張。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment, by including the aforementioned intermediate layer, allows for the subsequent stretching (so-called expansion) of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet in a direction parallel to the surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet (e.g., the surface where the film adhesive is attached to the semiconductor wafer) when the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is used as a wafer bonder for dicing (stealth dicing (registered trademark)) accompanied by the formation of a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer. This allows the film adhesive to be precisely cut at the target location, thus suppressing severing defects. This is presumably because the intermediate layer allows the stress of the expansion to be efficiently utilized to expand the inter-wafer distance.
如此,本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片於刀片切割時可抑制自基材及中間層產生切削屑,於前述擴展時可抑制膜狀接著劑之切斷不良,具有於分割半導體晶圓時抑制產生不良狀況之特性,半導體晶圓之分割適性優異。Thus, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment can suppress the generation of cutting chips from the substrate and the intermediate layer during blade dicing, can suppress the cutting defects of the film adhesive during the aforementioned expansion, and has the characteristic of suppressing the generation of defects when dividing semiconductor wafers, and has excellent semiconductor wafer dividing suitability.
本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,只要無特別說明,則為藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。Unless otherwise specified, the "weight average molecular weight" in this specification refers to the polystyrene-equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
關於本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法,將於下文中詳細說明。The method of using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment will be described in detail below.
以下,一邊參照圖式,一邊對本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片加以詳細說明。再者,以下之說明所用之圖有時為了容易理解實施形態之特徵,為方便起見而將成為要部之部分放大表示,各構成要素之尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。The following is a detailed description of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to this embodiment, with reference to the accompanying drawings. Note that the following drawings sometimes show enlarged portions of essential components for easier understanding of the features of the embodiment, and the dimensional ratios of the components may not necessarily be the same as in actual figures.
圖1係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的剖面圖,圖2為圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片之平面圖。圖1係圖2之A-A’剖面圖。 再者,圖2以後之圖中,對與已說明之圖所示相同之構成要素標注與已說明之圖之情形相同的符號,省略詳細說明。FIG1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention, and FIG2 is a plan view of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet shown in FIG1 . FIG1 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' of FIG2 . In the figures following FIG2 , components identical to those shown in previously described figures are designated by the same reference numerals as in the previously described figures, and detailed descriptions are omitted.
此處所示之半導體裝置製造用片101係具備:標籤部30,包含貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之部分;以及外周部32,設置於較前述標籤部更靠外側的至少一部分。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 shown here includes: a label portion 30, including a portion to be attached to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip; and a peripheral portion 32, which is provided at least in a portion further outward than the label portion.
標籤部30及外周部32係具備基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14。於基材11上依序積層有黏著劑層12、中間層13、前述膜狀接著劑14及剝離膜15。 亦即,標籤部30及外周部32之區域於半導體裝置製造用片101中,為將基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14於厚度方向積層之部分。The label portion 30 and peripheral portion 32 comprise a substrate 11, an adhesive layer 12, an intermediate layer 13, and a film-like adhesive 14. The adhesive layer 12, intermediate layer 13, the aforementioned film-like adhesive 14, and the release film 15 are sequentially laminated on the substrate 11. In other words, the label portion 30 and peripheral portion 32 are the areas of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 where the substrate 11, adhesive layer 12, intermediate layer 13, and film-like adhesive 14 are laminated in the thickness direction.
關於標籤部30及外周部32,共通之各層之厚度或組成等構成可彼此相同,亦可不同。就降低由標籤部30與溝槽34之總厚差異所致之高低差之影響,有效地抑制捲取痕跡產生之觀點而言,標籤部30及外周部32之基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之厚度及組成較佳為彼此相同。The thickness and composition of the common layers of the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32 may be the same or different. To minimize the impact of the height difference caused by the difference in the total thickness between the label portion 30 and the groove 34 and effectively prevent the occurrence of curling marks, the thickness and composition of the substrate 11, adhesive layer 12, intermediate layer 13, and film adhesive 14 of the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32 are preferably the same.
標籤部30較佳為具有下述形狀及尺寸:於貼附有半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之情形時,半導體晶圓或半導體晶片不會自標籤部外溢。貼附於標籤部之半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之俯視形狀之外周之位置較佳為均位於較標籤部的膜狀接著劑之俯視形狀之外周之位置更靠內側。關於該尺寸,構成標籤部之中間層及膜狀接著劑之寬度之較佳值將於後述。The label portion 30 preferably has a shape and dimensions such that, when a semiconductor wafer or chip is attached, it does not protrude from the label portion. The outer periphery of the semiconductor wafer or chip attached to the label portion, when viewed from above, is preferably located inward of the outer periphery of the film adhesive of the label portion, when viewed from above. Regarding these dimensions, preferred values for the width of the intermediate layer and film adhesive that constitute the label portion will be discussed later.
於標籤部30與外周部32之間,設有未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之溝槽34。然而,剝離膜15係橫跨標籤部30、外周部32及溝槽34部分而積層,發揮將標籤部30與外周部32相連之作用。由於溝槽34未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14,故而溝槽34部分的半導體裝置製造用片101之總厚較標籤部30及外周部32部分的半導體裝置製造用片101之總厚來得薄。藉由在標籤部30的周圍形成有溝槽34,包括對標籤部貼附半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之製造變容易。Between the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32, a trench 34 is provided where the intermediate layer 13 and film-like adhesive 14 are not deposited. However, the release film 15 is deposited across the label portion 30, the peripheral portion 32, and the trench 34, serving to connect the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32. Because the intermediate layer 13 and film-like adhesive 14 are not deposited in the trench 34, the total thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 in the trench 34 portion is thinner than the total thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 in the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32 portion. By forming the groove 34 around the label portion 30, the manufacturing of the semiconductor chip with a film adhesive, including attaching a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip to the label portion, is facilitated.
如上文所述,就藉由外周部32而降低由標籤部30與溝槽34之總厚差異所致之高低差之影響,有效地抑制捲取痕跡產生之觀點而言,較佳為標籤部之厚度與外周部之厚度之差小。 標籤部30的半導體裝置製造用片101之厚度H30 之最大值與外周部32的半導體裝置製造用片101之厚度H32 之最大值之差較佳為3μm以下,更佳為2μm以下,進而佳為1μm以下。圖1中,H30 與H32 係厚度之值相同。As described above, from the perspective of effectively suppressing the occurrence of winding marks by reducing the effect of the height difference caused by the difference in the combined thickness of the label portion 30 and the groove 34 through the peripheral portion 32, a smaller difference in thickness between the label portion and the peripheral portion is preferred. The difference between the maximum thickness H30 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 at the label portion 30 and the maximum thickness H32 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 at the peripheral portion 32 is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 2 μm or less, and even more preferably 1 μm or less. In Figure 1, H30 and H32 represent the same thickness value.
同樣地,就有效地抑制捲取痕跡產生之觀點而言,較佳為標籤部30與外周部32之間的溝槽34之寬度小。 溝槽34之寬度W34 之最小值較佳為50mm以下,更佳為0.5mm至50mm,進而佳為1mm至40mm。所謂上述溝槽之寬度之最小值,為以最短距離將標籤部的輪廓線上之任意點、與外周部的輪廓線上之任意點相連的直線之長度。Similarly, to effectively suppress the occurrence of curling marks, the width of the groove 34 between the label portion 30 and the peripheral portion 32 is preferably small. The minimum width W 34 of the groove 34 is preferably 50 mm or less, more preferably 0.5 mm to 50 mm, and even more preferably 1 mm to 40 mm. The minimum width of the groove is defined as the length of a straight line connecting any point on the label portion's outline with any point on the peripheral portion's outline at the shortest distance.
於半導體裝置製造用片101的標籤部30及外周部32中,於基材11的一面(本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)11a上設有黏著劑層12。於黏著劑層12中的與設有基材11之側為相反側之面(本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)12a上設有中間層13。於中間層13中的與設有黏著劑層12之側為相反側之面(本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)13a上設有膜狀接著劑14。於膜狀接著劑14的第一面14a上設有剝離膜15。如此,半導體裝置製造用片101係將基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13、膜狀接著劑14及剝離膜15依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成。In the label portion 30 and peripheral portion 32 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, an adhesive layer 12 is provided on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification). An intermediate layer 13 is provided on the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 opposite to the side on which the substrate 11 is provided (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification). A film-like adhesive 14 is provided on the surface 13a of the intermediate layer 13 opposite to the side on which the adhesive layer 12 is provided (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification). A release film 15 is provided on the first surface 14a of the film-like adhesive 14. In this manner, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is formed by laminating the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, the intermediate layer 13, the film-like adhesive 14, and the release film 15 in this order in the thickness direction.
半導體裝置製造用片101係於移除剝離膜15之狀態下,將該半導體裝置製造用片101中的標籤部30之至少一部分中之膜狀接著劑14的第一面14a貼附於半導體晶圓、半導體晶片或未完全分割之半導體晶圓(圖示省略)的內面而使用。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is used by attaching the first surface 14a of the film adhesive 14 in at least a portion of the label portion 30 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 to the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer, a semiconductor chip, or an incompletely divided semiconductor wafer (not shown) with the release film 15 removed.
於本說明書中,於半導體晶圓及半導體晶片的任一情形,均將形成有電路之側之面稱為「電路形成面」,將與電路形成面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。In this specification, in any case of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip, the side on which a circuit is formed is referred to as the "circuit forming surface", and the surface opposite to the circuit forming surface is referred to as the "inner surface".
於本說明書中,有時將具有基材及黏著劑層於這些之厚度方向積層且未積層有中間層之構成的積層物稱為「支撐片」。圖1中,標注符號1表示支撐片。 另外,有時將具有基材、黏著劑層及中間層依序於這些之厚度方向積層之構成的積層物稱為「積層片」。圖1中,標注符號10表示積層片。前述支撐片及中間層之積層物包含於前述積層片。In this specification, a laminate having a substrate and an adhesive layer laminated in the thickness direction without an intermediate layer is sometimes referred to as a "support sheet." In Figure 1, reference numeral 1 indicates a support sheet. Furthermore, a laminate having a substrate, an adhesive layer, and an intermediate layer laminated in this order in the thickness direction is sometimes referred to as a "laminated sheet." In Figure 1, reference numeral 10 indicates a laminate. The laminate comprising the support sheet and intermediate layer is included in the laminate sheet.
將標籤部30的中間層13及膜狀接著劑14自這些層體之上方朝下看而俯視時之平面形狀均為圓形狀,中間層13之直徑與膜狀接著劑14之直徑相同。 而且,於半導體裝置製造用片101之標籤部30中,中間層13及膜狀接著劑14係以中心成為一致之方式配置,換言之,係以中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之外周之位置於徑向上均一致之方式配置。When viewed from above, the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 of the label portion 30 are both circular in plan view, and the diameter of the intermediate layer 13 is the same as the diameter of the film adhesive 14. Furthermore, in the label portion 30 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 are arranged so that their centers coincide with each other. In other words, the positions of the outer peripheries of the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 are radially aligned.
標籤部30的中間層13之第一面13a及膜狀接著劑14的第一面14a之面積均小於黏著劑層12的第一面12a。而且,中間層13之寬度W13 之最大值(亦即直徑)及膜狀接著劑14之寬度W14 之最大值(亦即直徑)均小於黏著劑層12之寬度之最大值及基材11之寬度之最大值。因此,於半導體裝置製造用片101中,黏著劑層12的第一面12a之一部分未由中間層13及膜狀接著劑14覆蓋。於此種黏著劑層12的第一面12a的未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之區域係直接接觸而積層著剝離膜15,於移除剝離膜15之狀態下,該區域露出(以下,於本說明書中有時將該區域稱為「非積層區域」)。 再者,於具備剝離膜15之半導體裝置製造用片101中,於黏著劑層12的未由中間層13及膜狀接著劑14覆蓋之區域可如此處所示般存在未積層剝離膜15之區域,亦可不存在。The areas of first surface 13a of intermediate layer 13 and first surface 14a of adhesive film 14 in label portion 30 are both smaller than first surface 12a of adhesive layer 12. Furthermore, the maximum width W13 (i.e., diameter) of intermediate layer 13 and the maximum width W14 (i.e., diameter) of adhesive film 14 are both smaller than the maximum widths of adhesive layer 12 and substrate 11. Therefore, in semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, a portion of first surface 12a of adhesive layer 12 is not covered by intermediate layer 13 and adhesive film 14. The peeling film 15 is deposited on the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in direct contact with the area where the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 are not deposited. When the peeling film 15 is removed, this area is exposed (hereinafter, in this specification, this area is sometimes referred to as the "non-deposited area"). Furthermore, in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 having the peeling film 15, the area of the adhesive layer 12 not covered by the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 may or may not have the peeling film 15 deposited thereon, as shown here.
膜狀接著劑14未切斷且藉由膜狀接著劑14而貼附於上述半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等之狀態之半導體裝置製造用片101係能夠藉由下述方式固定:將該半導體裝置製造用片101中的黏著劑層12中之前述非積層區域之一部分貼附於半導體晶圓固定用的環形框架等治具。因此,無須於半導體裝置製造用片101另外設置用以將半導體裝置製造用片101固定於前述治具之治具用接著劑層。而且,由於無須設置治具用接著劑層,故而能夠價廉且有效率地製造半導體裝置製造用片101。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, which is attached to the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip by the film adhesive 14 without cutting the film adhesive 14, can be fixed by attaching a portion of the aforementioned non-laminated area of the adhesive layer 12 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 to a jig such as a ring frame used to secure the semiconductor wafer. Therefore, there is no need to provide a jig adhesive layer on the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 to secure the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 to the jig. Furthermore, since no jig adhesive layer is required, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 can be manufactured inexpensively and efficiently.
如此,半導體裝置製造用片101藉由不具備治具用接著劑層而發揮有利效果,但亦可具備治具用接著劑層。於該情形時,治具用接著劑層係設置於構成半導體裝置製造用片101的任一個層的表面中之周緣部附近之區域。作為此種區域,可列舉黏著劑層12的第一面12a中之前述非積層區域等。Thus, semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 advantageously does not include a jig adhesive layer, but it may also include a jig adhesive layer. In this case, the jig adhesive layer is provided in a region near the periphery of the surface of any layer constituting semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. Examples of such regions include the aforementioned non-laminated region of first surface 12a of adhesive layer 12.
治具用接著劑層可為公知者,例如可為含有接著劑成分之單層結構,亦可為於成為芯材之片的兩面積層有含有接著劑成分之層的多層結構。The jig adhesive layer may be a known one, and may be, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a multi-layer structure in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both sides of a sheet serving as a core material.
另外,於如後述般將導體裝置製造用片101沿相對於該半導體裝置製造用片101之表面(例如黏著劑層12的第一面12a)呈平行之方向上進行拉伸(所謂的擴展)時,藉由在黏著劑層12的第一面12a存在前述非積層區域,而能夠容易地擴展半導體裝置製造用片101。而且,有時不僅能夠容易地切斷膜狀接著劑14,而且中間層13及膜狀接著劑14自黏著劑層12之剝離得到抑制。Furthermore, as described later, when the conductive device manufacturing sheet 101 is stretched (so-called expanded) in a direction parallel to the surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 (e.g., the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12), the presence of the non-laminated region on the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 facilitates expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. Furthermore, not only can the film adhesive 14 be easily cut, but peeling of the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 from the adhesive layer 12 can also be suppressed.
標籤部30的支撐片1之黏著劑層12的第一面12a及基材11的第一面11a之面積均小於剝離膜15的第一面15a。而且,黏著劑層12之寬度之最大值(亦即直徑)及基材11之最大值(亦即直徑)均小於剝離膜15之寬度之最大值。因此,半導體裝置製造用片101中,剝離膜15的一部分未由黏著劑層12及基材11覆蓋。The first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 and the first surface 11a of the substrate 11 of the label portion 30 are both smaller in area than the first surface 15a of the release film 15. Furthermore, the maximum width (i.e., diameter) of the adhesive layer 12 and the maximum width (i.e., diameter) of the substrate 11 are both smaller than the maximum width of the release film 15. Therefore, in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, a portion of the release film 15 is not covered by the adhesive layer 12 and the substrate 11.
將標籤部30的黏著劑層12及基材11自這些層體之上方朝下看而俯視時之平面形狀均為圓形狀,黏著劑層12及基材11之直徑相同。 而且,半導體裝置製造用片101之標籤部30中,黏著劑層12及基材11係以中心成為一致之方式配置,換言之,係以黏著劑層12及基材11之外周之位置於徑向上均一致之方式配置。The adhesive layer 12 and substrate 11 of the label portion 30 are both circular in plan view when viewed from above, and the adhesive layer 12 and substrate 11 have the same diameter. Furthermore, in the label portion 30 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, the adhesive layer 12 and substrate 11 are arranged so that their centers coincide with each other. In other words, the adhesive layer 12 and substrate 11 are arranged so that their outer peripheries coincide with each other in the radial direction.
圖2係圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片之平面圖。半導體裝置製造用片101係具備:標籤部30;以及外周部32,設置於較標籤部30更靠外側的至少一部分。圓形之支撐片1、與構成標籤部30之圓形之中間層13及膜狀接著劑14係以同心圓狀積層。 於標籤部30的周圍形成有溝槽34。溝槽34包含積層有剝離膜15及支撐片1之部分、以及未積層有支撐片1之剝離膜15的露出部分。FIG2 is a plan view of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet shown in FIG1 . The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 includes a label portion 30 and a peripheral portion 32 disposed at least partially outside the label portion 30. The circular support sheet 1, the circular intermediate layer 13 constituting the label portion 30, and the film-like adhesive 14 are concentrically deposited. A groove 34 is formed around the label portion 30. The groove 34 includes a portion where the release film 15 and the support sheet 1 are deposited, as well as an exposed portion of the release film 15 where the support sheet 1 is not deposited.
於半導體裝置製造用片101中,中間層13含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂作為主成分。In the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, the intermediate layer 13 contains a non-silicone resin having a weight average molecular weight of 100,000 or less as a main component.
本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片不限定於圖1及圖2所示,亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,於圖1及圖2所示者中變更、刪除或追加一部分構成。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment is not limited to that shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , and a portion of the structure shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may be changed, deleted, or added without impairing the effectiveness of the present invention.
例如,本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片亦可具備不相當於基材、黏著劑層、中間層、膜狀接著劑、剝離膜、治具用接著劑層的任一者之其他層。然而,本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片較佳為如圖1所示,以直接接觸基材之狀態具備黏著劑層,以直接接觸黏著劑層之狀態具備中間層,以直接接觸中間層之狀態具備膜狀接著劑,以直接接觸膜狀接著劑之狀態具備剝離膜。For example, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment may include other layers that do not correspond to any of the substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer, film-shaped adhesive, release film, and jig adhesive layer. However, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment preferably includes an adhesive layer in direct contact with the substrate, an intermediate layer in direct contact with the adhesive layer, a film-shaped adhesive in direct contact with the intermediate layer, and a release film in direct contact with the film-shaped adhesive, as shown in FIG1 .
例如,本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片中,標籤部的中間層及膜狀接著劑之平面形狀亦可為圓形狀以外之形狀,中間層及膜狀接著劑之平面形狀可彼此相同,亦可不同。另外,標籤部中,中間層的第一面之面積及膜狀接著劑的第一面之面積較佳為均小於較這些更靠基材側之層的面(例如黏著劑層的第一面)之面積,可彼此相同,亦可不同。而且,中間層及膜狀接著劑之外周之位置可於徑向上均一致,亦可不一致。 中間層之俯視形狀的外周之位置及膜狀接著劑之俯視形狀的外周之位置較佳為均相較於比中間層、膜狀接著劑更靠基材側之層的至少一面之俯視形狀的外周更靠內側。例如,中間層之俯視形狀的外周之位置及膜狀接著劑之俯視形狀的外周之位置較佳為均較支撐片之俯視形狀的外周之位置更靠內側。 繼而,對構成本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的各層加以詳細說明。For example, in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment, the planar shapes of the intermediate layer and film-like adhesive in the label portion may be shapes other than circular, and the planar shapes of the intermediate layer and film-like adhesive may be the same or different. Furthermore, in the label portion, the area of the first surface of the intermediate layer and the first surface of the film-like adhesive are preferably both smaller than the area of the surface of the layer closer to the substrate (e.g., the first surface of the adhesive layer), and may be the same or different. Furthermore, the outer peripheries of the intermediate layer and film-like adhesive may or may not be radially aligned. The outer periphery of the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive in top view are preferably positioned inward relative to the outer periphery of at least one surface of a layer located closer to the substrate than the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive. For example, the outer periphery of the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive in top view are preferably positioned inward relative to the outer periphery of the support sheet in top view. Next, the various layers constituting the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of this embodiment will be described in detail.
○基材 前述基材為片狀或膜狀。 前述基材之構成材料較佳為各種樹脂,具體而言,例如可列舉:聚乙烯(低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE等))、聚丙烯(PP)、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、苯乙烯-乙烯丁烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚醯亞胺(PI)、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物及乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物以外之乙烯共聚物、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、氟樹脂、這些任一種樹脂之氫化物、改質物、交聯物或共聚物等。○Substrate The aforementioned substrate is in sheet or film form. The aforementioned substrate is preferably formed of various resins. Specifically, for example, polyethylene (low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), etc.), polypropylene (PP), polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, styrene-ethylene butylene-styrene block copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyurethane, polyacrylic urethane, polyimide (PI), ionomer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer and ethylene copolymers other than ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, polystyrene, polycarbonate, fluororesin, hydrogenated products, modified products, crosslinked products or copolymers of any of these resins, etc.
再者,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,係指包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者之概念。與(甲基)丙烯酸類似之用語亦同樣,例如所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,為包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」兩者之概念,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」,為包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」兩者之概念。Furthermore, in this specification, the term "(meth)acrylic acid" encompasses both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid." Terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid, such as "(meth)acrylate," encompass both "acrylate" and "methacrylate," and "(meth)acryl," encompass both "acryl" and "methacryl."
構成基材之樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些樹脂之組合及比率可任意選擇。The resin constituting the substrate may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these resins can be arbitrarily selected.
基材可僅由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層構成。於基材由多層構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合只要不損及本發明功效,則並無特別限定。 於本說明書中,不限於基材之情形,所謂「多層可彼此相同亦可不同」,意指「可使所有的層相同,亦可使所有的層不同,亦可僅使一部分層不同」,進而所謂「多層互不相同」,意指「各層的構成材料及厚度之至少一者互不相同」。The substrate may consist of only a single layer (single layer) or may consist of two or more layers. When the substrate consists of multiple layers, these layers may be identical or different, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effectiveness of the present invention. In this specification, not limited to the substrate, the phrase "multiple layers may be identical or different" means "all layers may be identical, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be different." Furthermore, the phrase "multiple layers are different" means "each layer differs in at least one of its constituent material and thickness."
基材之厚度可根據目的而適當選擇,較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至150μm。藉由基材之厚度為前述下限值以上,基材之結構變得更穩定。藉由基材之厚度為前述上限值以下,於刀片切割時及半導體裝置製造用片之前述擴展時,能夠更容易地切斷膜狀接著劑。 此處,所謂「基材之厚度」,意指基材整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層構成之基材之厚度,意指構成基材之所有層之合計厚度。 於本說明書中,「厚度」只要無特別說明,則能以於隨機選出之5處測定厚度並加以平均而表示之值之形式,依據JIS(Japanese Industrial Standards;日本工業標準)K7130,使用定壓厚度測定器而獲取。The thickness of the substrate can be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, preferably ranging from 50 μm to 300 μm, and more preferably from 60 μm to 150 μm. A substrate thickness above the aforementioned lower limit provides a more stable substrate structure. A substrate thickness below the aforementioned upper limit facilitates cutting of the film adhesive during blade dicing and the aforementioned expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. The term "substrate thickness" herein refers to the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the term "thickness" for a multi-layer substrate refers to the combined thickness of all layers comprising the substrate. Unless otherwise specified, "thickness" in this manual refers to the average value obtained by measuring the thickness at five randomly selected locations using a constant-pressure thickness gauge in accordance with JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards) K7130.
基材亦可為了提高與設置於該基材上之黏著劑層等其他層之密接性,而對表面實施下述處理等:藉由噴射處理、溶劑處理、壓花加工處理等而進行之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理。 另外,基材之表面亦可進行底漆處理。 另外,基材亦可具有下述層等:抗靜電塗層;於將黏晶片加以重疊保存時,防止基材接著於其他片材或防止基材接著於吸附台之層。To enhance adhesion with other layers such as adhesive layers applied to the substrate, the substrate surface may be subjected to the following treatments: roughening by spraying, solvent treatment, embossing, etc.; oxidation treatments such as coma discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation, plasma treatment, ozone-UV irradiation, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment. Furthermore, the substrate surface may be primed. Furthermore, the substrate may have an antistatic coating; or a layer to prevent the substrate from adhering to other sheets or to the adsorption platform when stacking adhesive wafers for storage.
基材亦可除了含有前述樹脂等主要之構成材料以外,含有填充材、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知之各種添加劑。In addition to the aforementioned resin and other main components, the substrate may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, softeners (plasticizers), etc.
基材之光學特性於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,並無特別限定。基材例如亦可使雷射光或能量線穿透。The optical properties of the substrate are not particularly limited as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. For example, the substrate may be capable of transmitting laser light or energy beams.
基材可利用公知之方法製造。例如,含有樹脂(以樹脂作為構成材料)之基材可藉由將前述樹脂或含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物加以成形而製造。The substrate can be manufactured using a known method. For example, a substrate containing a resin (using a resin as a constituent material) can be manufactured by shaping the aforementioned resin or a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.
○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,含有黏著劑。 黏著劑層可使用含有前述黏著劑之黏著劑組成物而形成。例如,於黏著劑層的形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,視需要加以乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成黏著劑層。○ Adhesive Layer: The adhesive layer is in sheet or film form and contains an adhesive. The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the aforementioned adhesive. For example, the adhesive composition can be applied to the surface where the adhesive layer is to be formed and dried as needed to form the adhesive layer at the target site.
黏著劑組成物之塗敷只要利用公知方法進行即可,例如可列舉:使用氣刀塗佈機、刀片塗佈機、棒塗機、凹版塗佈機、輥塗機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模塗機、刮刀塗佈機、網版塗佈機、邁耶棒塗機、輕觸式塗佈機等各種塗佈機之方法。The adhesive composition can be applied using known methods, such as air knife coaters, blade coaters, rod coaters, gravure coaters, roll coaters, knife-roll coaters, curtain coaters, die coaters, doctor blade coaters, screen coaters, Mayer rod coaters, and touch-touch coaters.
黏著劑組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於黏著劑組成物含有後述之溶媒之情形時,較佳為加熱乾燥,於該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃以10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件乾燥。The drying conditions of the adhesive composition are not particularly limited. When the adhesive composition contains a solvent described below, heat drying is preferred. In this case, for example, drying at 70°C to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes is preferred.
作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂,較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, and ester resins, with acrylic resins being preferred.
再者,於本說明書中,「黏著性樹脂」中包含具有黏著性之樹脂、與具有接著性之樹脂兩者。例如,前述黏著性樹脂中,不僅包含樹脂自身具有黏著性者,而且亦包含藉由與添加劑等其他成分併用而顯示黏著性之樹脂、或者藉由熱或水等觸發之存在而顯示接著性之樹脂等。Furthermore, in this specification, the term "adhesive resin" includes both adhesive resins and adhesive resins. For example, the aforementioned adhesive resins include not only resins that have adhesive properties themselves, but also resins that develop adhesive properties by combining with other ingredients such as additives, or resins that develop adhesive properties by being triggered by heat or water.
黏著劑層可為硬化性及非硬化性之任一種,例如亦可為能量線硬化性及非能量線硬化性之任一種。硬化性之黏著劑層係能夠容易地調節硬化前及硬化後之物性。The adhesive layer can be either hardening or non-hardening, for example, it can be either energy-beam hardening or non-energy-beam hardening. A hardening adhesive layer can easily adjust the physical properties before and after hardening.
於本說明書中,所謂「能量線」,意指電磁波或帶電粒子束中具有能量量子者。作為能量線之例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈、氙燈、黑光或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源而照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等而產生者。 另外,於本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」,意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。In this specification, "energy rays" refers to electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams containing energy quanta. Examples of energy rays include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated using, for example, high-pressure mercury lamps, fusion lamps, xenon lamps, black lights, or LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamps. Electron beams can be generated by, for example, electron beam accelerators. Furthermore, in this specification, "energy ray-hardenable" refers to the property of being hardened by irradiation with energy rays, and "non-energy ray-hardenable" refers to the property of not being hardened even by irradiation with energy rays.
黏著劑層可僅由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層構成,於由多層構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The adhesive layer may consist of only one layer (single layer) or may consist of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
黏著劑層之厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,尤佳為1μm至30μm。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層之厚度」,意指黏著劑層整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層構成之黏著劑層之厚度,意指構成黏著劑層之所有層之合計厚度。The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and even more preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. Herein, the term "thickness of the adhesive layer" refers to the thickness of the adhesive layer as a whole. For example, the term "thickness" of a multi-layer adhesive layer refers to the combined thickness of all layers comprising the adhesive layer.
基材及黏著劑層可為相同形狀,較佳為基材及黏著劑層以俯視形狀之外周成為一致之方式積層。The substrate and the adhesive layer may have the same shape, but preferably, the substrate and the adhesive layer are laminated so that their peripheries are consistent when viewed from above.
黏著劑層之光學特性於不損及本發明功效之範圍內並無特別限定。例如,黏著劑層亦可使能量線穿透。 繼而,對前述黏著劑組成物加以說明。 下述黏著劑組成物例如能以含量(質量%)之合計不超過100質量%之方式含有下述的一種以上之成分。The optical properties of the adhesive layer are not particularly limited as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. For example, the adhesive layer may also be capable of transmitting energy beams. Next, the adhesive composition described above will be described. The adhesive composition described below may contain, for example, one or more of the following components, with the total content (mass %) not exceeding 100 mass %.
[黏著劑組成物] 於黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為含有能量線硬化性黏著劑之黏著劑組成物、亦即能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉下述黏著劑組成物等:黏著劑組成物(I-1),含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)、及能量線硬化性化合物;黏著劑組成物(I-2),含有於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基的能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」);以及黏著劑組成物(I-3),含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及能量線硬化性化合物。[Adhesive composition] When the adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable adhesive, i.e., the energy ray-curable adhesive composition, may include, for example, the following adhesive compositions: Adhesive composition (I-1) containing a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "adhesive resin (I-1a)"), and an energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a). an adhesive composition (I-2) comprising an energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) having an unsaturated group introduced into the side chain of a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "adhesive resin (I-2a)"); and an adhesive composition (I-3) comprising the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray-curable compound.
[黏著劑組成物(I-1)] 前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)如上文所述,含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)及能量線硬化性化合物。[Adhesive Composition (I-1)] As described above, the adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉:至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的丙烯酸聚合物。 前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有之構成單元可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些構成單元之組合及比率可任意選擇。[Adhesive Resin (I-1a)] The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin. Examples of the acrylic resin include acrylic polymers having at least one constituent unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. The acrylic resin may contain only one constituent unit or two or more. In the case of two or more constituent units, the combination and ratio of these constituent units can be arbitrarily selected.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-1a) can be arbitrarily selected.
於黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之含量相對於黏著劑組成物(I-1)之總質量的比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量%。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-1) is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and even more preferably 15% by mass to 90% by mass.
[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉:具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且能夠藉由能量線之照射而硬化的單體或寡聚物。 能量線硬化性化合物中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 能量線硬化性化合物中,作為寡聚物,例如可列舉上述所例示之單體經聚合而成之寡聚物等。 能量線硬化性化合物就分子量相對較大而不易使黏著劑層之儲存彈性模數降低之方面而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚物。[Energy Beam-Curing Compound] Examples of the aforementioned energy beam-curing compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having energy beam-polymerizable unsaturated groups and capable of being cured by energy beam irradiation. Examples of energy beam-curing compounds as monomers include polyvalent (meth)acrylates such as trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate; urethane (meth)acrylates; polyester (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates; and epoxy (meth)acrylates. Among energy-beam-curable compounds, oligomers include, for example, oligomers obtained by polymerizing the monomers listed above. Urethane (meth)acrylates and urethane (meth)acrylate oligomers are preferred energy-beam-curable compounds because they have relatively high molecular weights and are less likely to reduce the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain only one type of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these energy ray-curable compounds may be arbitrarily selected.
於黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,前述能量線硬化性化合物之含量相對於黏著劑組成物(I-1)之總質量的比率較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為5質量%至90質量%,尤佳為10質量%至85質量%。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-1) is preferably 1 mass % to 95 mass %, more preferably 5 mass % to 90 mass %, and even more preferably 10 mass % to 85 mass %.
[交聯劑] 於使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外還具有源自含官能基之單體之構成單元的前述丙烯酸聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-1)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。[Crosslinking Agent] When the aforementioned acrylic polymer having constituent units derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to constituent units derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), the adhesive composition (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基反應而將黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此加以交聯。 作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二甲苯二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯之加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三磷雜三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 就提高黏著劑之凝聚力而提高黏著劑層之黏著力之方面、及獲取容易等方面而言,交聯劑較佳為異氰酸酯系交聯劑。The crosslinking agent reacts with the functional groups to crosslink the adhesive resins (I-1a). Examples of crosslinking agents include: isocyanate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an isocyanate group) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates; epoxy-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a glycidyl group) such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether; aziridine-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridine group) such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridinyl]triphosphatriazine; metal chelate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure) such as aluminum chelate; and isocyanurate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an isocyanuric acid skeleton). From the perspectives of increasing the cohesive force of the adhesive and thus the adhesion of the adhesive layer, and being easily available, the crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate crosslinking agent.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之交聯劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain only one type of crosslinking agent or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用交聯劑之情形時,於前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之含量100質量份,交聯劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至15質量份。When a crosslinking agent is used, the content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1) is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-1a).
[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)即便照射紫外線等能量相對較低之能量線,亦充分進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator will undergo a sufficient curing reaction even when exposed to relatively low-energy radiation, such as ultraviolet light.
作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;2-氯蒽醌等。 另外,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如亦可使用1-氯蒽醌等醌化合物;胺等光增感劑等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin benzoic acid methyl ester, benzoin dimethyl ketal and other benzoin compounds; acetophenone compounds such as acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include acylphosphine oxide compounds; sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-ketoalcohol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanone compounds such as thiothionone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzoyl; dibenzoyl; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthiothionone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanone; and 2-chloroanthraquinone. In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and photosensitizers such as amines may also be used.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,於黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound.
[其他添加劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有亦不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、增黏劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知之添加劑。[Other Additives] The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Examples of such other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, viscosity-increasing agents, reaction retarders, crosslinking promoters (catalysts), and other commonly known additives.
再者,所謂反應延遲劑,例如為用以抑制因混入至黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之觸媒之作用,導致保存中之黏著劑組成物(I-1)中進行非目地性交聯反應的成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由對觸媒之螯合而形成螯合錯合物者,更具體可列舉一分子中具有2個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)者。Furthermore, the so-called reaction retarder is, for example, a component used to inhibit unintended cross-linking reactions in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage due to the action of a catalyst mixed into the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of reaction retarder include those that form chelate complexes by chelating the catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain only one type of other additives or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these other additives can be arbitrarily selected.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)之其他添加劑之含量並無特別限定,只要根據種類而適當選擇即可。The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1) is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to their type.
[溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可含有溶媒。黏著劑組成物(I-1)藉由含有溶媒,而對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性提高。[Solvent] The adhesive composition (I-1) may also contain a solvent. The inclusion of a solvent improves the adhesive composition (I-1)'s suitability for application to the intended surface.
前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
[黏著劑組成物(I-2)] 如上文所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)含有於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基的能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。[Adhesive Composition (I-2)] As described above, the adhesive composition (I-2) comprises an energy-beam-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) having unsaturated groups introduced into the side chains of a non-energy-beam-curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
[黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如係藉由使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基的含不飽和基之化合物與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應而獲得。[Adhesive Resin (I-2a)] The adhesive resin (I-2a) is obtained, for example, by reacting an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy-beam-polymerizable unsaturated group with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a).
前述含不飽和基之化合物為除了具有前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,進而具有藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應而能夠與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基的化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(ethenyl)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 作為能夠與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可列舉:能夠與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及能夠與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。The unsaturated group-containing compound is a compound having, in addition to the energy-beam-polymerizable unsaturated group, a group capable of bonding to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a). Examples of the energy-beam-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acryloyl, ethenyl, and allyl (2-propenyl), with (meth)acryloyl being preferred. Examples of groups capable of bonding to the functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include isocyanate and glycidyl groups capable of bonding to hydroxyl or amine groups, and hydroxyl and amine groups capable of bonding to carboxyl or epoxy groups.
作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryloyl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth)acrylate.
黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-2a) can be arbitrarily selected.
於黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量相對於黏著劑組成物(I-2)之總質量的比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為10質量%至90質量%。In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-2) is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and even more preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass.
[交聯劑] 例如於使用與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中相同的具有源自含官能基之單體之構成單元的前述丙烯酸聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進而含有交聯劑。[Crosslinking Agent] For example, when the adhesive resin (I-2a) is the same acrylic polymer as in the adhesive resin (I-1a) having constituent units derived from functional group-containing monomers, the adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中之前述交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之交聯劑相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之交聯劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned crosslinking agents in adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same crosslinking agents as those in adhesive composition (I-1). Adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a single crosslinking agent or two or more. In the case of two or more crosslinking agents, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents may be arbitrarily selected.
於使用交聯劑之情形時,於前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量100質量份,交聯劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至15質量份。When a crosslinking agent is used, the content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-2) is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a).
[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-2)即便照射紫外線等能量相對較低之能量線,亦充分進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator will undergo a sufficient curing reaction even when exposed to relatively low-energy radiation, such as ultraviolet light.
作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中之前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之光聚合起始劑相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned photopolymerization initiator in adhesive composition (I-2) can be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in adhesive composition (I-1). Adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a single photopolymerization initiator or two or more. In the case of two or more photopolymerization initiators, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,於黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-2) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a).
[其他添加劑、溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 另外,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的含有溶媒。 作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中之前述其他添加劑及溶媒,分別可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之其他添加劑及溶媒相同者。黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之其他添加劑及溶媒分別可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑及溶媒之組合及比率可任意選擇。 黏著劑組成物(I-2)之其他添加劑及溶媒之含量分別並無特別限定,只要根據種類而適當選擇即可。[Other Additives and Solvents] Adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Additionally, adhesive composition (I-2) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the aforementioned other additives and solvents in adhesive composition (I-2) include the same other additives and solvents as those in adhesive composition (I-1). The number of other additives and solvents contained in adhesive composition (I-2) may be one or more. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these other additives and solvents may be arbitrarily selected. The contents of other additives and solvents in the adhesive composition (I-2) are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to their types.
[黏著劑組成物(I-3)] 如上文所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及能量線硬化性化合物。[Adhesive Composition (I-3)] As described above, the adhesive composition (I-3) contains the adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
於黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量相對於黏著劑組成物(I-3)之總質量的比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量%。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-3) is preferably 5 mass% to 99 mass%, more preferably 10 mass% to 95 mass%, and even more preferably 15 mass% to 90 mass%.
[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且能夠藉由能量線之照射而硬化之單體及寡聚物,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之能量線硬化性化合物相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物之組合及比率可任意選擇。[Energy Beam-Curing Compound] Examples of the aforementioned energy-beam-curing compound contained in adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having energy-beam-polymerizable unsaturated groups and capable of being cured by energy beam irradiation. Examples of the energy-beam-curing compound include the same compounds as those contained in adhesive composition (I-1). Adhesive composition (I-3) may contain only one or two or more of the aforementioned energy-beam-curing compounds. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these energy-beam-curing compounds may be arbitrarily selected.
於前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量100質量份,前述能量線硬化性化合物之含量較佳為0.01質量份至300質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至200質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至100質量份。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 0.01 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a).
[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-3)即便照射紫外線等能量相對較低之能量線,亦充分進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. Adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator will fully undergo a curing reaction even when exposed to relatively low-energy radiation, such as ultraviolet light.
作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中之前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之光聚合起始劑相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator in adhesive composition (I-3) include the same ones as those in adhesive composition (I-1). Adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a single photopolymerization initiator or two or more. In the case of two or more photopolymerization initiators, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,於黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物之總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-3) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound.
[其他添加劑、溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有亦不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 另外,黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的含有溶媒。 作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中之前述其他添加劑及溶媒,分別可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之其他添加劑及溶媒相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之其他添加劑及溶媒分別可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑及溶媒之組合及比率可任意選擇。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)之其他添加劑及溶媒之含量分別並無特別限定,只要根據種類而適當選擇即可。[Other Additives and Solvents] Adhesive composition (I-3) may also contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Additionally, adhesive composition (I-3) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the aforementioned other additives and solvents in adhesive composition (I-3) include the same other additives and solvents as those in adhesive composition (I-1). The number of other additives and solvents contained in adhesive composition (I-3) may be one or more. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these other additives and solvents may be arbitrarily selected. The contents of other additives and solvents in the adhesive composition (I-3) are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to their types.
[黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物] 到此為止,主要對黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)及黏著劑組成物(I-3)進行了說明,但作為這些之含有成分而說明者亦能夠同樣地用於這些三種黏著劑組成物以外之所有黏著劑組成物(本說明書中,稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物」)。[Adhesive Compositions Other Than Adhesive Compositions (I-1) to (I-3)] This section has primarily described adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), and adhesive composition (I-3). However, the ingredients described herein also apply to all adhesive compositions other than these three adhesive compositions (referred to in this manual as "adhesive compositions other than adhesive composition (I-1) to (I-3)").
作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物,除了能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物以外,亦可列舉非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物。 作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的黏著劑組成物(I-4),較佳為含有丙烯酸樹脂。Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include not only energy-beam-curable adhesive compositions but also non-energy-beam-curable adhesive compositions. Examples of non-energy-beam-curable adhesive compositions include adhesive composition (I-4) containing a non-energy-beam-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) such as an acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, or ester resin. Preferably, the adhesive composition contains an acrylic resin.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物較佳為含有一種或兩種以上之交聯劑,該交聯劑之含量可設為與上述黏著劑組成物(I-1)等之情形相同。Adhesive compositions other than adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3) preferably contain one or more crosslinking agents, and the content of the crosslinking agent can be the same as that of the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-1) and the like.
[黏著劑組成物(I-4)] 作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中較佳者,例如可列舉含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)及交聯劑之黏著劑組成物。[Adhesive Composition (I-4)] Preferred adhesive compositions (I-4) include, for example, those containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之組合及比率可任意選擇。[Adhesive Resin (I-1a)] The adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) can be the same as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1). The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be a single type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-1a) can be arbitrarily selected.
於黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之含量相對於黏著劑組成物(I-4)之總質量的比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量%。In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-4) is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and even more preferably 15% by mass to 90% by mass.
[交聯劑] 於使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外進而具有源自含官能基之單體之構成單元的前述丙烯酸聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。[Crosslinking Agent] When the aforementioned acrylic polymer having constituent units derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to constituent units derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), the adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之交聯劑相同者。 黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。As crosslinking agents in adhesive composition (I-4), the same crosslinking agents as those in adhesive composition (I-1) can be exemplified. Adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a single crosslinking agent or two or more. In the case of two or more crosslinking agents, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents can be arbitrarily selected.
於前述黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之含量100質量份,交聯劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至25質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至10質量份。In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-1a).
[其他添加劑、溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有亦不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 另外,黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的含有溶媒。 作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之前述其他添加劑及溶媒,分別可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之其他添加劑及溶媒相同者。黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑及溶媒分別可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑及溶媒之組合及比率可任意選擇。 黏著劑組成物(I-4)之其他添加劑及溶媒之含量分別並無特別限定,可根據種類而適當選擇。[Other Additives and Solvents] Adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, as long as they do not impair the efficacy of the present invention. In addition, adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the aforementioned other additives and solvents in adhesive composition (I-4) include the same other additives and solvents as those in adhesive composition (I-1). The number of other additives and solvents contained in adhesive composition (I-4) may be one or more. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these other additives and solvents may be arbitrarily selected. The contents of other additives and solvents in the adhesive composition (I-4) are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to their types.
[黏著劑組成物的製造方法] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)或者黏著劑組成物(I-4)等黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物係藉由將前述黏著劑、與視需要之前述黏著劑以外之成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 各成分之調配時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加兩種以上之成分。 於使用溶媒之情形時,可藉由將溶媒與溶媒以外之任一調配成分混合將該調配成分預先稀釋而使用,亦可不將溶媒以外之任一調配成分預先稀釋,而藉由將溶媒與這些調配成分混合而使用。 於調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,只要自下述方法等公知方法中適當選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法。 各成分之添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不劣化則並無特別限定,適當調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。[Adhesive Composition Production Method] Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) or adhesive compositions (I-4) other than (I-1) to (I-3) are obtained by mixing the aforementioned adhesive and, as needed, other components other than the aforementioned adhesive, such as the components that constitute the adhesive composition. The order of addition of the components during mixing is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously. When a solvent is used, the solvent may be mixed with any component other than the solvent to pre-dilute the component before use, or the solvent and the components may be mixed without pre-diluting any component other than the solvent. The method for mixing the ingredients during preparation is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known methods, such as those described below: mixing by rotating a stirrer or impeller, mixing using a mixer, or mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. The temperature and time for adding and mixing the ingredients are not particularly limited, and can be adjusted appropriately as long as they do not degrade the ingredients. The temperature is preferably between 15°C and 30°C.
○中間層、中間層形成用組成物 前述中間層為片狀或膜狀,含有前述非矽系樹脂作為主成分。 中間層可僅含有非矽系樹脂(僅由非矽系樹脂構成),亦可含有非矽系樹脂及該非矽系樹脂以外之成分。○ Intermediate Layer and Intermediate Layer-Forming Composition: The intermediate layer is in sheet or film form and contains the aforementioned non-silicone resin as a main component. The intermediate layer may contain only the non-silicone resin (consisting solely of the non-silicone resin) or may contain the non-silicone resin and components other than the non-silicone resin.
中間層例如可使用含有前述非矽系樹脂之中間層形成用組成物而形成。例如,中間層可藉由在中間層之形成對象面塗敷前述中間層形成用組成物並視需要加以乾燥而形成。The intermediate layer can be formed, for example, using an intermediate layer-forming composition containing the aforementioned non-silicone resin. For example, the intermediate layer can be formed by applying the aforementioned intermediate layer-forming composition to the surface to be formed on the intermediate layer and drying it as needed.
前述非矽系樹脂之重量平均分子量為100000以下。就前述半導體裝置製造用片的上述半導體晶圓之分割適性進一步提高之方面而言,前述非矽系樹脂之重量平均分子量例如可為80000以下、60000以下及40000以下的任一者。The weight average molecular weight of the non-silicone resin is 100,000 or less. To further improve the separation suitability of the semiconductor wafer of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, the weight average molecular weight of the non-silicone resin may be, for example, 80,000 or less, 60,000 or less, or 40,000 or less.
前述非矽系樹脂之重量平均分子量之下限值並無特別限定,例如,重量平均分子量為5000以上之前述非矽系樹脂係更容易獲取。The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the non-silicone resin is not particularly limited. For example, the non-silicone resin having a weight average molecular weight of 5000 or above is more readily available.
前述非矽系樹脂之重量平均分子量可於將上述下限值與任一上限值任意組合而設定之範圍內適當調節。例如,於一實施形態中,前述重量平均分子量例如可為5000至100000、5000至80000、5000至60000及5000至40000的任一者。The weight average molecular weight of the non-silicone resin can be appropriately adjusted within a range defined by any combination of the aforementioned lower limit and any upper limit. For example, in one embodiment, the weight average molecular weight can be any of 5,000 to 100,000, 5,000 to 80,000, 5,000 to 60,000, and 5,000 to 40,000.
於本實施形態中,所謂「中間層含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂作為主成分」,意指「中間層以能夠充分發揮藉由含有重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂所得之效果的程度之量,來含有前述非矽系樹脂」。於此種觀點下,於中間層中,前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率(換言之,於中間層形成用組成物中,前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量的比率)較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為80質量%以上,進而佳為90質量%以上,例如可為95質量%以上、97質量%以上及99質量%以上的任一者。 另一方面,前述比率為100質量%以下。In this embodiment, the phrase "the intermediate layer contains a non-silicone resin having a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less as a main component" means that "the intermediate layer contains the non-silicone resin in an amount sufficient to fully demonstrate the effects of containing the non-silicone resin having a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less." From this perspective, the ratio of the non-silicone resin content in the interlayer to the total mass of the interlayer (in other words, the ratio of the non-silicone resin content to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the interlayer-forming composition) is preferably 50% by mass or greater, more preferably 80% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 90% by mass or greater. For example, it can be any of 95% by mass or greater, 97% by mass or greater, and 99% by mass or greater. Alternatively, the ratio is 100% by mass or less.
重量平均分子量為100000以下之前述非矽系樹脂若為不具有矽原子作為構成原子之重量平均分子量為100000以下之樹脂成分,則並無特別限定。 前述非矽系樹脂例如可為具有極性基之極性樹脂、及不具有極性基之非極性樹脂之任一種。 例如,前述非矽系樹脂就於前述中間層形成用組成物中之溶解性高、前述中間層形成用組成物之塗敷適性更高之方面而言,較佳為極性樹脂。The aforementioned non-silicone resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin component having a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less and does not contain silicon atoms as constituent atoms. The non-silicone resin may be, for example, a polar resin having polar groups or a non-polar resin without polar groups. For example, the non-silicone resin is preferably a polar resin in terms of high solubility in the interlayer-forming composition and improved coating suitability of the interlayer-forming composition.
於本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則所謂「非矽系樹脂」,意指上述重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "non-silicone resin" refers to a non-silicone resin having a weight average molecular weight of 100,000 or less.
前述非矽系樹脂例如可為作為一種單體之聚合物(換言之,僅具有一種構成單元)的均聚物,亦可為作為兩種以上之單體之聚合物(換言之,具有兩種以上之構成單元)的共聚物。The non-silicone resin may be, for example, a homopolymer of a single monomer (in other words, having only one constituent unit), or a copolymer of two or more monomers (in other words, having two or more constituent units).
作為前述極性基,例如可列舉羰氧基(-C(=O)-O-)、氧基羰基(-O-C(=O)-)等。Examples of the polar group include a carbonyloxy group (-C(=O)-O-) and an oxycarbonyl group (-O-C(=O)-).
前述極性樹脂可僅含有具有極性基之構成單元,亦可含有具有極性基之構成單元、與不具有極性基之構成單元兩者。The polar resin may contain only constituent units having a polar group, or may contain both constituent units having a polar group and constituent units not having a polar group.
作為具有前述極性基之構成單元,例如可列舉自乙酸乙烯酯所衍生之構成單元等。 作為不具有前述極性基之構成單元,例如可列舉自乙烯衍生之構成單元等。 所謂此處提及之「衍生」,意指受到前述單體聚合所需要之結構變化。Examples of constituent units having the aforementioned polar groups include those derived from vinyl acetate. Examples of constituent units not having the aforementioned polar groups include those derived from ethylene. The term "derived" here means undergoing the structural changes required for polymerization of the aforementioned monomers.
於前述極性樹脂中,具有極性基之構成單元之質量相對於所有構成單元之合計質量的比率較佳為5質量%至70質量%,例如可為7.5質量%至55質量%、10質量%至40質量%及10質量%至30質量%的任一者。換言之,於前述極性樹脂中,不具有極性基之構成單元之質量相對於所有構成單元之合計質量的比率較佳為30質量%至95質量%,例如可為45質量%至92.5質量%、60質量%至90質量%及70質量%至90質量%的任一者。藉由具有極性基之構成單元之質量的比率為前述下限值以上,前述極性樹脂會更顯著地具有含有極性基之特性。藉由具有極性基之構成單元之質量的比率為前述上限值以下,前述極性樹脂會更適度地具有不含極性基之特性。In the aforementioned polar resin, the mass ratio of the constituent units having polar groups relative to the total mass of all constituent units is preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, and may be, for example, any of 7.5% by mass to 55% by mass, 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 10% by mass to 30% by mass. In other words, in the aforementioned polar resin, the mass ratio of the constituent units not having polar groups relative to the total mass of all constituent units is preferably 30% by mass to 95% by mass, and may be, for example, any of 45% by mass to 92.5% by mass, 60% by mass to 90% by mass, and 70% by mass to 90% by mass. When the mass ratio of the constituent units having polar groups is greater than or equal to the aforementioned lower limit, the polar resin more significantly exhibits the characteristics of having polar groups. When the mass ratio of the constituent units having polar groups is less than or equal to the aforementioned upper limit, the polar resin more moderately exhibits the characteristics of not having polar groups.
作為前述極性樹脂,例如可列舉乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。前述中間層所含有的乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於前述非矽系樹脂之總質量的比率例如可為50質量%至100質量%,可為80質量%至100質量%,可為90質量%至100質量%。 其中,作為較佳之前述極性樹脂,例如可列舉:於乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物中,自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之質量相對於所有構成單元之合計質量的比率(本說明書中,有時稱為「自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量」)為40質量%以下之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為30質量%以下之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為10質量%至40質量%之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為10質量%至30質量%之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物。換言之,作為較佳之前述極性樹脂,例如可列舉:於乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物中,自乙烯衍生之構成單元之質量相對於所有構成單元之合計質量的比率為60質量%以上之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為70質量%以上之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為70質量%至90質量%之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物;上述比率為60質量%至90質量%之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物。 藉由自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量的比率為前述上限值以下,即便於切斷膜狀接著劑時自中間層產生切削屑,所產生之切削屑之黏著力亦適度降低,能夠藉由洗淨等將切削屑自晶片上容易地去除。Examples of the polar resin include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer. The ratio of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer contained in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the non-silicone resin may be, for example, 50% to 100% by mass, 80% to 100% by mass, or 90% to 100% by mass. Among them, preferred polar resins include, for example: ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the ratio of the mass of constituent units derived from vinyl acetate to the total mass of all constituent units (sometimes referred to as "the content of constituent units derived from vinyl acetate" in this specification) is 40% by mass or less; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the above ratio is 30% by mass or less; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the above ratio is from 10% to 40% by mass; and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the above ratio is from 10% to 30% by mass. In other words, preferred examples of the aforementioned polar resins include: ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the ratio of the mass of ethylene-derived units relative to the total mass of all units is 60% by mass or greater; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the ratio is 70% by mass or greater; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the ratio is between 70% and 90% by mass; and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers in which the ratio is between 60% and 90% by mass. By keeping the ratio of vinyl acetate-derived units below the aforementioned upper limit, even if chips are generated from the interlayer during cutting of the film adhesive, the adhesion of the generated chips is moderately reduced, allowing for easy removal of the chips from the wafer by cleaning or the like.
作為前述非極性樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)、茂金屬觸媒直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(茂金屬LLDPE)、中密度聚乙烯(MDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)等聚乙烯(PE);聚丙烯(PP)等。Examples of the aforementioned non-polar resins include polyethylene (PE) such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), metallocene-catalyzed linear low-density polyethylene (metallocene LLDPE), medium-density polyethylene (MDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); and polypropylene (PP).
中間層形成用組成物及中間層所含有之前述非矽系樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些非矽系樹脂之組合及比率可任意選擇。 例如,中間層形成用組成物及中間層可含有一種或兩種以上之作為極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂、且不含作為非極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂,亦可含有一種或兩種以上作為非極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂、且含有作為極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂,亦可一併含有一種或兩種以上之作為極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂與作為非極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂。 中間層形成用組成物及中間層較佳為至少含有作為極性樹脂之非矽系樹脂。The composition for forming the intermediate layer and the intermediate layer may contain only one non-silicone resin or two or more non-silicone resins. In the case of two or more non-silicone resins, the combination and ratio of these non-silicone resins can be arbitrarily selected. For example, the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer may contain one or more non-silicone resins as polar resins and no non-silicone resins as non-polar resins; may contain one or more non-silicone resins as non-polar resins and a non-silicone resin as polar resins; or may contain one or more non-silicone resins as polar resins and a non-silicone resin as non-polar resins. Preferably, the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer contain at least a non-silicone resin as a polar resin.
於中間層形成用組成物及中間層中,作為極性樹脂之前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於前述非矽系樹脂之總含量的比率較佳為50質量%以上,較佳為80質量%以上,更佳為90質量%以上,例如可為95質量%以上、97質量%以上及99質量%以上的任一者。藉由前述比率為前述下限值以上,而可更顯著地獲得藉由使用前述極性樹脂所得之效果。另一方面,前述比率為100質量%以下。In the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer, the content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin as a polar resin relative to the total content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin is preferably 50% by mass or greater, more preferably 80% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 90% by mass or greater. For example, it can be any of 95% by mass or greater, 97% by mass or greater, and 99% by mass or greater. When the aforementioned ratio is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects obtained by using the aforementioned polar resin can be more significantly achieved. On the other hand, the aforementioned ratio is 100% by mass or less.
亦即,於中間層形成用組成物及中間層中,作為非極性樹脂之前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於前述非矽系樹脂之總含量的比率較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,例如可為5質量%以下、3質量%以下及1質量%以下的任一者。 另一方面,前述比率為0質量%以上。Specifically, the content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin as a non-polar resin in the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer relative to the total content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and can be, for example, any of 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less. Alternatively, the aforementioned ratio is 0% by mass or greater.
中間層形成用組成物就操作性良好之方面而言,較佳為除了含有前述非矽系樹脂以外還含有溶媒,亦可含有不相當於前述非矽系樹脂與溶媒的任一者之成分(本說明書中,有時稱為「添加劑」)。 中間層可僅含有前述非矽系樹脂,亦可一併含有前述非矽系樹脂與前述添加劑。The composition for forming the intermediate layer preferably contains a solvent in addition to the non-silicone resin for better handling. It may also contain a component other than the non-silicone resin or the solvent (sometimes referred to as an "additive" in this specification). The intermediate layer may contain only the non-silicone resin or both the non-silicone resin and the additive.
前述添加劑亦可為樹脂成分(本說明書中,有時稱為「其他樹脂成分」)與非樹脂成分的任一者。The aforementioned additives may be either resin components (sometimes referred to as "other resin components" in this specification) or non-resin components.
作為前述其他樹脂成分,例如可列舉重量平均分子量(Mw)超過100000之非矽系樹脂、及矽系樹脂。Examples of the other resin components include non-silicone resins having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) exceeding 100,000 and silicone resins.
重量平均分子量超過100000之非矽系樹脂只要滿足此種條件,則並無特別限定。The non-silicone resin having a weight average molecular weight exceeding 100,000 is not particularly limited as long as it meets these conditions.
含有前述矽系樹脂之中間層如後述般,使具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之拾取更容易。The intermediate layer containing the aforementioned silicone resin facilitates the pickup of semiconductor chips with film-like adhesives as described below.
前述矽系樹脂只要為具有矽原子作為構成原子之樹脂成分,則並無特別限定。例如,矽系樹脂之重量平均分子量並無特別限定。The aforementioned silicone resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin component having silicon atoms as constituent atoms. For example, the weight average molecular weight of the silicone resin is not particularly limited.
作為較佳之矽系樹脂,例如可列舉對黏著劑成分顯示脫模作用之樹脂成分,更佳為矽氧烷系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵(-Si-O-Si-)之樹脂成分,亦稱為矽氧烷系化合物)。Preferred silicone resins include, for example, resin components that exhibit a demolding effect on adhesive components, and more preferably silicone resins (resin components having a siloxane bond (-Si-O-Si-), also known as silicone compounds).
作為前述矽氧烷系樹脂,例如可列舉聚二烷基矽氧烷等。前述聚二烷基矽氧烷所具有之烷基之碳數較佳為1至20。作為前述聚二烷基矽氧烷,可列舉聚二甲基矽氧烷等。Examples of the silicone resin include polydialkylsiloxanes. The carbon number of the alkyl group in the polydialkylsiloxane is preferably 1 to 20. Examples of the polydialkylsiloxane include polydimethylsiloxane.
前述非樹脂成分例如可為有機化合物及無機化合物的任一種,並無特別限定。The non-resin component may be, for example, an organic compound or an inorganic compound, and is not particularly limited.
中間層形成用組成物及中間層所含有之前述添加劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些添加劑之組合及比率可任意選擇。 例如,作為前述添加劑,中間層形成用組成物及中間層可含有一種或兩種以上之樹脂成分,且不含非樹脂成分,亦可含有一種或兩種以上之非樹脂成分,且不含樹脂成分,亦可一併含有一種或兩種以上之樹脂成分及非樹脂成分。The interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer may contain only one or more of the aforementioned additives. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these additives can be arbitrarily selected. For example, the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer may contain one or more resin components and no non-resin components as the aforementioned additives, may contain one or more non-resin components and no resin components, or may contain one or more resin components and non-resin components.
於中間層形成用組成物及中間層含有前述添加劑之情形時,於中間層中,前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率(換言之,於中間層形成用組成物中,前述非矽系樹脂之含量相對於溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量的比率)較佳為90質量%至99.99質量%,例如可為90質量%至97.5質量%、90質量%至95質量%及90質量%至92.5質量%的任一者,亦可為92.5質量%至99.99質量%、95質量%至99.99質量%及97.5質量%至99.99質量%的任一者,亦可為92.5質量%至97.5質量%。 於中間層形成用組成物及中間層含有前述添加劑之情形時,於中間層中,前述添加劑之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率(換言之,於中間層形成用組成物中,前述添加劑之含量相對於溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量的比率)較佳為0.01質量%至10質量%,例如可為2.5質量%至10質量%、5質量%至10質量%及7.5質量%至10質量%的任一者,亦可為0.01質量%至7.5質量%、0.01質量%至5質量%及0.01質量%至2.5質量%的任一者,亦可為2.5質量%至7.5質量%。When the interlayer-forming composition and the interlayer contain the aforementioned additive, the ratio of the content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin in the interlayer to the total mass of the interlayer (in other words, the ratio of the content of the aforementioned non-silicone resin to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the interlayer-forming composition) is preferably 90 mass % to 99.99 mass %, for example, any of 90 mass % to 97.5 mass %, 90 mass % to 95 mass %, and 90 mass % to 92.5 mass %, or any of 92.5 mass % to 99.99 mass %, 95 mass % to 99.99 mass %, and 97.5 mass % to 99.99 mass %, or 92.5 mass % to 97.5 mass %. When the intermediate layer-forming composition and the intermediate layer contain the aforementioned additive, the ratio of the content of the aforementioned additive in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer (in other words, the ratio of the content of the aforementioned additive to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the intermediate layer-forming composition) is preferably 0.01 mass % to 10 mass %, for example, any of 2.5 mass % to 10 mass %, 5 mass % to 10 mass %, and 7.5 mass % to 10 mass %, or any of 0.01 mass % to 7.5 mass %, 0.01 mass % to 5 mass %, and 0.01 mass % to 2.5 mass %, or 2.5 mass % to 7.5 mass %.
中間層形成用組成物所含有之前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳者,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 中間層形成用組成物所含有之溶媒可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒之組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned solvents contained in the interlayer-forming composition are not particularly limited. Preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone. The interlayer-forming composition may contain only one solvent or two or more. In the case of two or more solvents, the combination and ratio of these solvents can be arbitrarily selected.
就能夠將中間層形成用組成物中之含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,中間層形成用組成物所含有之溶媒較佳為四氫呋喃等。From the perspective of being able to more uniformly mix the components in the intermediate layer-forming composition, the solvent contained in the intermediate layer-forming composition is preferably tetrahydrofuran or the like.
中間層形成用組成物之溶媒之含量並無特別限定,例如只要根據溶媒以外之成分之種類而適當選擇即可。The content of the solvent in the intermediate layer-forming composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the types of components other than the solvent.
如後述般,就能夠更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之方面而言,作為較佳之中間層,例如可列舉:含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及作為前述添加劑之矽氧烷系化合物,中間層中的前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(前述非矽系樹脂)之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為上述任一數值範圍,且中間層中的前述矽氧烷系化合物(前述添加劑)之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為上述任一數值範圍。 例如,作為此種中間層,可列舉:含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及作為前述添加劑之矽氧烷系化合物,中間層中的前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為90質量%至99.99質量%,且中間層中的前述矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為0.01質量%至10質量%。然而,這是較佳中間層之一例。As will be described later, in terms of being able to more easily pick up semiconductor chips with film-like adhesives, a preferred intermediate layer may include, for example, one containing an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer as the aforementioned non-silicone resin and a silicone compound as the aforementioned additive, wherein the ratio of the content of the aforementioned ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (the aforementioned non-silicone resin) in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is within any of the aforementioned numerical ranges, and the ratio of the content of the aforementioned silicone compound (the aforementioned additive) in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is within any of the aforementioned numerical ranges. For example, such an intermediate layer may include one containing an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer as the non-silicone resin and a silicone compound as the additive, wherein the content of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer in the intermediate layer is 90% to 99.99% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer, and the content of the silicone compound in the intermediate layer is 0.01% to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. However, this is only one example of a preferred intermediate layer.
作為更佳之中間層,例如可列舉:前述中間層含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及作為前述添加劑之矽氧烷系化合物,於前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物中,自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之質量相對於所有構成單元之合計質量的比率(換言之,自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量)為10質量%至40質量%,前述中間層中,前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於前述中間層的總質量的比率為90質量%至99.99質量%,且前述中間層中,前述矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於前述中間層之總質量的比率為0.01質量%至10質量%。但是,這是更佳中間層之一例。An example of a more preferred intermediate layer includes an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer as the non-silicone resin and a silicone compound as the additive, wherein the ratio of the mass of the constituent units derived from vinyl acetate in the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer to the total mass of all constituent units (in other words, the content of the constituent units derived from vinyl acetate) is 10% to 40% by mass, the content of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer in the intermediate layer is 90% to 99.99% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer, and the content of the silicone compound in the intermediate layer is 0.01% to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. However, this is only one example of a more preferred intermediate layer.
於半導體裝置製造用片中,於藉由X射線光電子分光法(X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy,本說明書中有時稱為「XPS」)對中間層的膜狀接著劑側之面(例如圖1中,中間層13的第一面13a)進行分析時,矽之濃度相對於碳、氧、氮及矽之合計濃度的比率(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「矽濃度之比率」)較佳為以元素之莫耳基準計為1%至20%。藉由使用具備此種中間層之半導體裝置製造用片,如後述般,能夠更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。In a semiconductor device manufacturing wafer, when analyzing the film-type adhesive side of the interlayer (e.g., first surface 13a of interlayer 13 in FIG1 ) using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (sometimes referred to as "XPS" in this specification), the ratio of the silicon concentration to the combined concentration of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and silicon (sometimes referred to as the "silicon concentration ratio" in this specification) is preferably 1% to 20% on a molar basis of the elements. Using a semiconductor device manufacturing wafer having such an interlayer makes it easier to pick up semiconductor wafers having a film-type adhesive, as described below.
前述矽濃度之比率能夠藉由下述式而算出。 [XPS分析中之矽之濃度之測定值(atomic %)]/{[XPS分析中之碳之濃度之測定值(atomic %)]+[XPS分析中之氧之濃度之測定值(atomic %)]+[XPS分析中之氮之濃度之測定值(atomic %)]+[XPS分析中之矽之濃度之測定值(atomic %)]}×100。The silicon concentration ratio can be calculated using the following formula: [Measured silicon concentration value (atomic %) by XPS analysis] / {[Measured carbon concentration value (atomic %) by XPS analysis] + [Measured oxygen concentration value (atomic %) by XPS analysis] + [Measured nitrogen concentration value (atomic %) by XPS analysis] + [Measured silicon concentration value (atomic %) by XPS analysis]} × 100.
XPS分析可針對膜狀接著劑側的中間層之表面使用X射線光電子分光分析裝置(例如愛發科(Ulvac)公司製造之「Quantra SXM」),以照射角度45°、X射線光束直徑20μmφ、輸出4.5W之條件進行。XPS analysis can be performed on the surface of the intermediate layer on the film adhesive side using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (e.g., the "Quantra SXM" manufactured by Ulvac) at an irradiation angle of 45°, an X-ray beam diameter of 20 μmφ, and an output of 4.5 W.
就此種效果變得更顯著之方面而言,前述矽濃度之比率例如以元素之莫耳基準計,可為4%至20%、8%至20%及12%至20%的任一者,亦可為1%至16%、1%至12%及1%至8%的任一者,亦可為4%至16%及8%至12%的任一者。In order to achieve a more significant effect, the silicon concentration ratio may be, for example, 4% to 20%, 8% to 20%, and 12% to 20%, or 1% to 16%, 1% to 12%, and 1% to 8%, or 4% to 16% and 8% to 12%, based on the mole basis of the element.
於如上述般進行XPS分析時,有可能於中間層的前述面(XPS之分析對象面)中,檢測出不相當於碳、氧、氮及矽的任一者之其他元素。然而通常即便檢測出前述其他元素,該其他元素之濃度亦為微量,故而於算出前述矽濃度之比率時,只要使用碳、氧、氮及矽之濃度之測定值,便能夠高精度地算出前述矽濃度之比率。When performing XPS analysis as described above, it is possible that other elements other than carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and silicon may be detected in the aforementioned surface of the intermediate layer (the surface analyzed by XPS). However, even if these other elements are detected, their concentrations are typically very low. Therefore, when calculating the silicon concentration ratio, the measured values of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and silicon concentrations can be used to accurately calculate the silicon concentration ratio.
中間層可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層構成,於由多層構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The intermediate layer may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.
如上文所說明,中間層之寬度之最大值較佳為小於黏著劑層之寬度之最大值及基材之寬度之最大值。 構成標籤部之中間層之寬度之最大值可考慮半導體晶圓之大小而適當選擇。例如,中間層之寬度之最大值亦可為150mm至160mm、200mm至210mm、或300mm至310mm。這些三個數值範圍對應於相對於與半導體裝置製造用片之貼附面呈平行之方向上的寬度之最大值為150mm之半導體晶圓、寬度之最大值為200mm之半導體晶圓、或寬度之最大值為300mm之半導體晶圓。然而,如上文所說明,於進行伴隨半導體晶圓中之改質層之形成的切割後,藉由將半導體裝置製造用片加以擴展而切斷膜狀接著劑之情形時,如後述,將切割後之多數個半導體晶片(半導體晶片群)當作一個整體,於這些半導體晶片貼附半導體裝置製造用片。As described above, the maximum width of the intermediate layer is preferably smaller than the maximum width of the adhesive layer and the maximum width of the substrate. The maximum width of the intermediate layer constituting the label portion can be appropriately selected in consideration of the size of the semiconductor wafer. For example, the maximum width of the intermediate layer can also be 150 mm to 160 mm, 200 mm to 210 mm, or 300 mm to 310 mm. These three numerical ranges correspond to a semiconductor wafer having a maximum width of 150 mm in a direction parallel to the attachment surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, a semiconductor wafer having a maximum width of 200 mm, or a semiconductor wafer having a maximum width of 300 mm. However, as described above, after dicing is performed with the formation of a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer, when the film adhesive is cut by expanding the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, as described later, the plurality of semiconductor chips (semiconductor chip group) after dicing are treated as a whole, and the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is attached to these semiconductor chips.
於本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則所謂「中間層之寬度」,例如意指「相對於中間層的第一面呈平行之方向上的中間層之寬度」。例如,平面形狀為圓形狀之中間層之情形時,上述中間層之寬度之最大值成為作為前述平面形狀之圓之直徑。 這一情況於半導體晶圓之情形時亦相同。亦即,所謂「半導體晶圓之寬度」,意指「半導體晶圓的相對於與半導體裝置製造用片之貼附面呈平行之方向上的半導體晶圓之寬度」。例如,平面形狀為圓形狀之半導體晶圓之情形時,上述半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值成為作為前述平面形狀之圓之直徑。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the so-called "width of the intermediate layer" means, for example, "the width of the intermediate layer in a direction parallel to the first surface of the intermediate layer." For example, in the case of an intermediate layer having a circular planar shape, the maximum value of the width of the intermediate layer becomes the diameter of the circle having the aforementioned planar shape. This is also the case with semiconductor wafers. That is, the so-called "width of the semiconductor wafer" means "the width of the semiconductor wafer in a direction parallel to the attachment surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet." For example, in the case of a semiconductor wafer having a circular planar shape, the maximum value of the width of the semiconductor wafer becomes the diameter of the circle having the aforementioned planar shape.
150mm至160mm此種中間層之寬度之最大值意指相對於150mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或者大不超過10mm之範圍。 同樣地,200mm至210mm此種中間層之寬度之最大值意指相對於200mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或大不超過10mm之範圍。 同樣地,300mm至310mm此種中間層之寬度之最大值意指相對於300mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或大不超過10mm之範圍。 亦即,本實施形態中,無論半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為150mm、200mm及300mm的何者,中間層之寬度之最大值與半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值的差例如可為0 mm至10mm。The maximum width of an interlayer of 150mm to 160mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 150mm semiconductor wafer. Similarly, the maximum width of an interlayer of 200mm to 210mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 200mm semiconductor wafer. Similarly, the maximum width of an interlayer of 300mm to 310mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 300mm semiconductor wafer. That is, in this embodiment, regardless of whether the maximum width of the semiconductor wafer is 150 mm, 200 mm, or 300 mm, the difference between the maximum width of the intermediate layer and the maximum width of the semiconductor wafer can be, for example, 0 mm to 10 mm.
中間層之厚度可根據目的而適當選擇。中間層之厚度較佳為5μm至150μm,更佳為5μm至120μm,例如可為10μm至90μm及10μm至60μm的任一者,亦可為30μm至120μm及60μm至120μm的任一者。另外,作為其他考量,前述標籤部的中間層之厚度亦可為15μm至80μm以下。 藉由中間層之厚度為前述下限值以上,中間層之結構變得更穩定。藉由前述標籤部的中間層之厚度為前述下限值以上,可抑制於擴展時中間層產生破裂。 藉由前述標籤部的中間層之厚度為前述上限值以下,能夠於刀片切割時與半導體裝置製造用片的前述擴展時,更容易地切斷膜狀接著劑。另外,藉由前述標籤部的中間層之厚度為80μm以下,可降低具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之拾取產生不良狀況之虞。 此處,所謂「中間層之厚度」,意指中間層整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層構成之中間層之厚度,意指構成中間層的所有層之合計厚度。The thickness of the intermediate layer can be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. The thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 5 μm to 150 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 120 μm. For example, it can be between 10 μm and 90 μm, between 10 μm and 60 μm, or between 30 μm and 120 μm. Furthermore, for other considerations, the thickness of the intermediate layer in the label portion can be between 15 μm and 80 μm or less. By ensuring that the thickness of the intermediate layer in the label portion is above the lower limit, the structure of the intermediate layer becomes more stable. By ensuring that the thickness of the intermediate layer in the label portion is above the lower limit, cracking of the intermediate layer during expansion can be suppressed. By keeping the thickness of the interlayer in the label portion below the upper limit, the film adhesive can be more easily cut during blade dicing and during the aforementioned expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. Furthermore, by keeping the thickness of the interlayer in the label portion below 80 μm, the risk of defects during pickup of semiconductor wafers with film adhesive can be reduced. Herein, the term "interlayer thickness" refers to the thickness of the entire interlayer. For example, the term "thickness of a multi-layer interlayer" refers to the combined thickness of all layers comprising the interlayer.
於中間層含有前述矽系樹脂之情形時,尤其於矽系樹脂與作為主成分之前述非矽系樹脂之相溶性低之情形時,於半導體裝置製造用片中,中間層中之矽系樹脂容易集中存在於中間層的兩面(第一面及其相反側之面)及其附近區域。另外,此種傾向越強,鄰接於(直接接觸於)中間層之膜狀接著劑越容易自中間層剝離,如後述般,能夠更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。 例如,於將僅厚度互不相同但組成、前述兩面之面積等厚度以外之方面相互相同的中間層彼此加以比較之情形時,於這些中間層中,矽系樹脂之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率(質量%)相互相同。然而,中間層的矽系樹脂之含量(質量份)係厚度厚之中間層較厚度薄之中間層更多。因此,於矽系樹脂於中間層中如上述般容易集中存在之情形時,厚度厚之中間層相較於厚度薄之中間層,集中存在於兩面(第一面及其相反側之面)及其附近區域的矽系樹脂之量變多。因此,即便不變更前述比率,亦可藉由調節半導體裝置製造用片中的中間層之厚度,而調節具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之拾取適性。例如,藉由增厚半導體裝置製造用片中的中間層之厚度,能夠更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。When the interlayer contains the aforementioned silicone resin, especially when the silicone resin has low compatibility with the aforementioned non-silicone resin as the main component, the silicone resin in the interlayer tends to concentrate on both surfaces of the interlayer (the first surface and the surface opposite it) and the surrounding areas in the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer. Furthermore, the stronger this tendency, the easier it is for the film adhesive adjacent to (directly contacting) the interlayer to peel off from the interlayer. This makes it easier to pick up semiconductor chips with the film adhesive, as described below. For example, when comparing interlayers that differ only in thickness but are identical in all other aspects, such as composition and the area of the two surfaces, the ratio (mass %) of the silicone resin content relative to the total mass of the interlayer in these interlayers is the same. However, the silicone resin content (mass %) in the thicker interlayer is higher than that in the thinner interlayer. Therefore, in the case where silicone resin tends to concentrate in the interlayer as described above, the thicker interlayer will have a higher amount of silicone resin concentrated on the two surfaces (the first surface and the surface opposite it) and their surrounding areas than the thinner interlayer. Therefore, even without changing the aforementioned ratio, the pick-up suitability of semiconductor wafers with film-type adhesives can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness of the intermediate layer in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. For example, by increasing the thickness of the intermediate layer in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, semiconductor wafers with film-type adhesives can be picked up more easily.
中間層可使用含有該中間層之構成材料之接著劑組成物而形成。例如,可藉由在膜狀接著劑的形成對象面塗敷接著劑組成物,視需要加以乾燥,而於目標部位形成膜狀接著劑。The intermediate layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the constituent materials of the intermediate layer. For example, the adhesive composition can be applied to the surface where the film-like adhesive is to be formed and dried as needed to form a film-like adhesive on the target area.
中間層形成用組成物之塗敷可利用與上述黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同之方法進行。The intermediate layer forming composition can be applied by the same method as the adhesive composition.
中間層形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定。中間層形成用組成物於含有前述溶媒之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,於該情形時,例如較佳為於60℃至130℃以1分鐘至6分鐘之條件加以乾燥。The drying conditions for the intermediate layer-forming composition are not particularly limited. When the intermediate layer-forming composition contains the aforementioned solvent, it is preferably dried by heating. In this case, it is preferably dried at 60°C to 130°C for 1 to 6 minutes.
○膜狀接著劑 前述膜狀接著劑具有硬化性,較佳為具有熱硬化性,且較佳為具有感壓接著性。一併具有熱硬化性及感壓接著性之膜狀接著劑能夠藉由在未硬化狀態下輕輕按壓於各種被黏附體而貼附。另外,膜狀接著劑亦可藉由加熱軟化而貼附於各種被黏附體。膜狀接著劑藉由硬化而最終成為耐衝擊性高之硬化物,該硬化物於嚴酷之高溫、高濕度條件下亦可保持充分之接著特性。Film Adhesives: These film adhesives are hardenable, preferably thermosetting, and even more preferably pressure-sensitive. Film adhesives that exhibit both thermosetting and pressure-sensitive properties can be adhered to various adherends by lightly pressing them against the uncured surface. Alternatively, film adhesives can be softened by heating and adhered to various adherends. Curing ultimately results in a highly impact-resistant cured product that maintains sufficient adhesion even under extreme high-temperature and high-humidity conditions.
於將半導體裝置製造用片自上方朝下看而俯視時,膜狀接著劑之面積(亦即第一面之面積)較佳為以接近分割前之半導體晶圓之面積之方式,設定得小於基材之面積(亦即第一面之面積)及黏著劑層之面積(亦即第一面之面積)。此種半導體裝置製造用片中,於黏著劑層的第一面的一部分,存在不與中間層及膜狀接著劑接觸之區域(亦即前述非積層區域)。藉此,半導體裝置製造用片之擴展變得更容易,並且於擴展時施加於膜狀接著劑之力不分散,故而能夠更容易地切斷膜狀接著劑。When viewing the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet from above, the area of the film adhesive (i.e., the area of the first surface) is preferably smaller than the area of the substrate (i.e., the area of the first surface) and the area of the adhesive layer (i.e., the area of the first surface), so as to approximate the area of the semiconductor wafer before dicing. In this semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, a portion of the first surface of the adhesive layer includes a region that is not in contact with the intermediate layer and the film adhesive (i.e., the aforementioned non-laminated region). This facilitates expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and prevents the force applied to the film adhesive during expansion from being dispersed, thereby making it easier to cut the film adhesive.
膜狀接著劑可使用含有該膜狀接著劑的構成材料之接著劑組成物而形成。例如,藉由在膜狀接著劑的形成對象面塗敷接著劑組成物,視需要加以乾燥,而可於目標部位形成膜狀接著劑。A film-like adhesive can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the constituent materials of the film-like adhesive. For example, by applying the adhesive composition to the surface where the film-like adhesive is to be formed and drying it as needed, a film-like adhesive can be formed on the target area.
接著劑組成物之塗敷可藉由與上述黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同之方法進行。The adhesive composition can be applied by the same method as the adhesive composition.
接著劑組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定。接著劑組成物於含有後述溶媒之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,於該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃以10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件乾燥。The drying conditions for the adhesive composition are not particularly limited. When the adhesive composition contains a solvent described below, it is preferably dried by heating. In this case, it is preferably dried at 70°C to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
膜狀接著劑可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層構成,於由多層構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The film adhesive may be composed of a single layer (monolayer) or multiple layers of two or more. In the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.
如上文所說明,膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值較佳為小於黏著劑層之寬度之最大值及基材之寬度之最大值。 構成標籤部之膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值可針對半導體晶圓之大小,與上文所說明之中間層之寬度之最大值相同。 亦即,構成標籤部之膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值可考慮半導體晶圓之大小而適當選擇。例如,構成標籤部之膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值亦可為150mm至160mm、200mm至210mm或300mm至310mm。這些三個數值範圍對應於相對於與半導體裝置製造用片的貼附面呈平行之方向上的寬度之最大值為150mm之半導體晶圓、寬度之最大值為200mm之半導體晶圓、或寬度之最大值為300mm之半導體晶圓。 前述標籤部的膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值為前述範圍內之半導體製造用片於擴展時膜狀接著劑不易飛散。As described above, the maximum width of the film adhesive is preferably smaller than the maximum width of the adhesive layer and the maximum width of the substrate. The maximum width of the film adhesive constituting the label portion can be tailored to the size of the semiconductor wafer, similar to the maximum width of the intermediate layer described above. In other words, the maximum width of the film adhesive constituting the label portion can be appropriately selected based on the size of the semiconductor wafer. For example, the maximum width of the film adhesive constituting the label portion can be 150mm to 160mm, 200mm to 210mm, or 300mm to 310mm. These three numerical ranges correspond to semiconductor wafers with a maximum width of 150mm, a maximum width of 200mm, or a maximum width of 300mm in a direction parallel to the surface on which the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is attached. The maximum width of the film adhesive on the label portion within the aforementioned ranges prevents the film adhesive from scattering during expansion of the semiconductor manufacturing sheet.
於本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則所謂「膜狀接著劑之寬度」,例如意指「相對於膜狀接著劑的第一面呈平行之方向上的膜狀接著劑之寬度」。例如,平面形狀為圓形狀之膜狀接著劑之情形時,上述膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值成為作為前述平面形狀之圓之直徑。 另外,只要無特別說明,則所謂「膜狀接著劑之寬度」,意指後述的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之製造過程中的「切斷前(未切斷)的膜狀接著劑之寬度」,而非切斷後之膜狀接著劑之寬度。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "film adhesive width" means, for example, "the width of the film adhesive in a direction parallel to the first surface of the film adhesive." For example, in the case of a film adhesive having a circular planar shape, the maximum value of the film adhesive width is the diameter of the circle representing the planar shape. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the term "film adhesive width" means "the width of the film adhesive before (or before) cutting" during the manufacturing process of a semiconductor chip having a film adhesive, as described later, and does not refer to the width of the film adhesive after cutting.
150mm至160mm此種膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值意指相對於150mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或者大不超過10mm之範圍。 同樣地,200mm至210mm此種膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值意指相對於200mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或者大不超過10mm之範圍。 同樣地,300mm至310mm此種膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值意指相對於300mm此種半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為同等,或者大不超過10mm之範圍。 亦即,於本實施形態中,無論半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值為150mm、200mm及300mm的何者,構成標籤部之膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值與半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值的差例如可為0mm至10mm。The maximum width of a film adhesive of 150mm to 160mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 150mm semiconductor wafer. Similarly, the maximum width of a film adhesive of 200mm to 210mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 200mm semiconductor wafer. Similarly, the maximum width of a film adhesive of 300mm to 310mm means the same as, or no more than 10mm larger than, the maximum width of a 300mm semiconductor wafer. That is, in this embodiment, regardless of whether the maximum width of the semiconductor wafer is 150 mm, 200 mm, or 300 mm, the difference between the maximum width of the film adhesive constituting the label portion and the maximum width of the semiconductor wafer can be, for example, 0 mm to 10 mm.
於本實施形態中,構成標籤部之中間層之寬度之最大值及膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值均可為上述數值範圍的任一者。 亦即,作為本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片之一例,可列舉:構成標籤部的中間層之寬度之最大值及構成標籤部的膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值均為150mm至160mm、200mm至210mm或300mm至310mm。In this embodiment, the maximum width of the intermediate layer and the maximum width of the film-shaped adhesive forming the label portion can be within any of the aforementioned numerical ranges. Specifically, as an example of a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to this embodiment, the maximum width of the intermediate layer and the maximum width of the film-shaped adhesive forming the label portion can both be 150 mm to 160 mm, 200 mm to 210 mm, or 300 mm to 310 mm.
膜狀接著劑之厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至30μm,更佳為2μm至20μm,尤佳為3μm至10μm。藉由膜狀接著劑之厚度為前述下限值以上,相對於被黏附體(半導體晶片)可獲得更高之接著力。藉由膜狀接著劑之厚度為前述上限值以下,於刀片切割時或半導體裝置製造用片之前述擴展時,能夠更容易地切斷膜狀接著劑。 此處,所謂「膜狀接著劑之厚度」,意指膜狀接著劑整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層構成之膜狀接著劑之厚度,意指構成膜狀接著劑的所有層之合計厚度。The thickness of the film adhesive is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 μm to 30 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 3 μm to 10 μm. By having the thickness of the film adhesive be above the aforementioned lower limit, a higher bonding force can be obtained relative to the adherend (semiconductor chip). By having the thickness of the film adhesive be below the aforementioned upper limit, the film adhesive can be more easily cut during blade cutting or the aforementioned expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. Here, the so-called "thickness of the film adhesive" means the thickness of the entire film adhesive. For example, the so-called thickness of a film adhesive composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the film adhesive.
於本實施形態中,前述中間層及膜狀接著劑之總厚較佳為15μm以上,更佳為10μm至180μm,進而佳為20μm至150μm,尤佳為25μm至120μm。 藉由中間層及膜狀接著劑之總厚為前述下限值以上,可降低衝壓加工時於無用部分之去除中發生斷裂之虞。藉由中間層及膜狀接著劑之總厚為前述上限值以下,有防止捲取痕跡之效果優異之傾向。In this embodiment, the combined thickness of the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive is preferably 15 μm or greater, more preferably 10 μm to 180 μm, even more preferably 20 μm to 150 μm, and even more preferably 25 μm to 120 μm. By ensuring the combined thickness of the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive is above the lower limit, the risk of cracking during the removal of unused portions during the stamping process can be reduced. By ensuring the combined thickness of the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive is below the upper limit, curling marks tend to be significantly prevented.
中間層及膜狀接著劑較佳為中間層的第一面具有與膜狀接著劑的第一面同等以上之大小之面積,亦可相互為相同形狀,中間層及膜狀接著劑較佳為以俯視形狀之外周成為一致之方式積層。The intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive preferably have a first surface of the intermediate layer having an area equal to or greater than that of the first surface of the film-like adhesive, and may also have the same shape. The intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive are preferably laminated so that the peripheries of their top-view shapes are consistent.
下述接著劑組成物例如能以含量(質量%)之合計不超過100質量%之方式含有下述的一種以上之成分。 繼而,對前述接著劑組成物加以說明。The adhesive composition described below may contain, for example, one or more of the following components in such a manner that the total content (mass %) does not exceed 100 mass %.
[接著劑組成物] 作為較佳之接著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(a)及熱硬化性成分。以下,對各成分加以說明。 再者,以下所示之接著劑組成物為較佳一例,本實施形態中之接著劑組成物不限定於以下所示者。[Adhesive Composition] Preferred adhesive compositions include, for example, those containing a polymer component (a) and a thermosetting component. Each component is described below. The adhesive compositions shown below are merely preferred examples, and the adhesive compositions in this embodiment are not limited to these.
[聚合物成分(a)] 聚合物成分(a)係被視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分,且係用以對膜狀接著劑賦予造膜性或可撓性等,並且提高對半導體晶片等接著對象之接著性(換言之貼附性)的聚合物化合物。聚合物成分(a)具有熱塑性,不具有熱硬化性。[Polymer Component (a)] Polymer component (a) is a component formed by the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. It is used to impart film-forming properties and flexibility to the film-forming adhesive, and to improve its adhesion (in other words, adhesion) to the target object, such as a semiconductor chip. Polymer component (a) is thermoplastic and does not have thermosetting properties.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之聚合物成分(a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些聚合物成分(a)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The polymer component (a) contained in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these polymer components (a) may be arbitrarily selected.
作為聚合物成分(a),例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等。 這些當中,聚合物成分(a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。Examples of the polymer component (a) include acrylic resins, urethane resins, phenoxy resins, silicone resins, and saturated polyester resins. Among these, the polymer component (a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
於接著劑組成物中,聚合物成分(a)之含量相對於溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量的比率(亦即,膜狀接著劑中的聚合物成分(a)之含量相對於膜狀接著劑之總質量的比率)較佳為20質量%至75質量%,更佳為30質量%至65質量%。In the adhesive composition, the ratio of the content of the polymer component (a) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of the polymer component (a) in the film-like adhesive to the total mass of the film-like adhesive) is preferably 20 mass % to 75 mass %, more preferably 30 mass % to 65 mass %.
[熱硬化性成分(b)] 熱硬化性成分(b)為具有熱硬化性,用以使膜狀接著劑進行熱硬化之成分。 接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之熱硬化性成分(b)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些熱硬化性成分(b)之組合及比率可任意選擇。[Thermosetting Component (b)] Thermosetting component (b) is a thermosetting component used to thermally cure the film-forming adhesive. The adhesive composition and film-forming adhesive may contain a single thermosetting component (b) or two or more. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these thermosetting components (b) can be arbitrarily selected.
作為熱硬化性成分(b),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等。 這些當中,熱硬化性成分(b)較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。Examples of the thermosetting component (b) include epoxy-based thermosetting resins, polyimide resins, and unsaturated polyester resins. Among these, the thermosetting component (b) is preferably an epoxy-based thermosetting resin.
〇環氧系熱硬化性樹脂 環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(b1)及熱硬化劑(b2)所構成。 接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些環氧系熱硬化性樹脂之組合及比率可任意選擇。Epoxy-based thermosetting resins: Epoxy-based thermosetting resins are composed of an epoxy resin (b1) and a thermosetting agent (b2). The adhesive composition and film-forming adhesive may contain a single epoxy-based thermosetting resin or two or more. In the case of two or more epoxy-based thermosetting resins, the combination and ratio of these epoxy-based thermosetting resins can be arbitrarily selected.
・環氧樹脂(b1) 作為環氧樹脂(b1),可列舉公知者,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等二官能以上之環氧化合物。・Epoxy resin (b1) Examples of the epoxy resin (b1) include known epoxy resins, such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated product, o-cresol novolac epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, biphenyl epoxy resin, bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, and phenylene skeleton epoxy resin, which are epoxy compounds having two or more functional groups.
作為環氧樹脂(b1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,相對於丙烯酸樹脂之相溶性更高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用膜狀接著劑所得之封裝體之可靠性提高。As the epoxy resin (b1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated alkyl group can also be used. Epoxy resins having unsaturated alkyl groups have a higher compatibility with acrylic resins than epoxy resins without unsaturated alkyl groups. Therefore, by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated alkyl group, the reliability of the package obtained using the film adhesive is improved.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之環氧樹脂(b1)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些環氧樹脂(b1)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The epoxy resin (b1) contained in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these epoxy resins (b1) can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化劑(b2) 熱硬化劑(b2)作為對環氧樹脂(b1)之硬化劑發揮功能。 作為熱硬化劑(b2),例如可列舉一分子中具有2個以上之能夠與環氧基反應之官能基的化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酸酐化之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基或酸基經酸酐化之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。Thermohardener (b2) functions as a hardener for the epoxy resin (b1). Examples of thermohardener (b2) include compounds having two or more functional groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups within a molecule. Examples of these functional groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, and acid anhydride-converted groups. Phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or acid anhydride-converted groups are preferred, with phenolic hydroxyl groups or amino groups being even more preferred.
熱硬化劑(b2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(b2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉二氰二胺(DICY)等。Among the heat curing agents (b2), examples of phenolic curing agents having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenol, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aralkyl-type phenolic resins. Among the heat curing agents (b2), examples of amine-based curing agents having an amino group include dicyandiamide (DICY).
熱硬化劑(b2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。The thermosetting agent (b2) may also have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之熱硬化劑(b2)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些熱硬化劑(b2)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may contain only one type of thermosetting agent (b2) or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these thermosetting agents (b2) can be arbitrarily selected.
於接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑中,相對於環氧樹脂(b1)之含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(b2)之含量較佳為0.1質量份至500質量份,更佳為1質量份至200質量份,例如可為1質量份至100質量份、1質量份至50質量份及1質量份至25質量份的任一者。藉由熱硬化劑(b2)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而更容易進行膜狀接著劑之硬化。藉由熱硬化劑(b2)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,膜狀接著劑之吸濕率降低,使用膜狀接著劑所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。In the adhesive composition and the film adhesive, the content of the thermosetting agent (b2) is preferably 0.1 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (b1). For example, it can be any one of 1 to 100 parts by mass, 1 to 50 parts by mass, and 1 to 25 parts by mass. By making the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (b2) greater than or equal to the aforementioned lower limit, the film adhesive is more easily cured. By making the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (b2) less than or equal to the aforementioned upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the film adhesive is reduced, and the reliability of the package obtained using the film adhesive is further improved.
於接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑中,相對於聚合物成分(a)之含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(b)之含量(例如,環氧樹脂(b1)及熱硬化劑(b2)之總含量)較佳為5質量份至100質量份,更佳為5質量份至75質量份,尤佳為5質量份至50質量份,例如可為5質量份至35質量份及5質量份至20質量份的任一者。藉由熱硬化性成分(b)之前述含量成為此種範圍,中間層與膜狀接著劑之間之剝離力更穩定。In the adhesive composition and film-like adhesive, the content of the thermosetting component (b) (e.g., the total content of the epoxy resin (b1) and the thermosetting agent (b2)) is preferably 5 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 75 parts by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, and can be, for example, any of 5 to 35 parts by mass and 5 to 20 parts by mass. By having the content of the thermosetting component (b) within this range, the peeling force between the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive is more stable.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑亦可為了改良膜狀接著劑之各種物性,除了含有聚合物成分(a)及熱硬化性成分(b)以外,進而視需要含有不相當於這些成分之其他成分。 作為接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之其他成分中較佳者,例如可列舉:硬化促進劑(c)、填充材(d)、偶合劑(e)、交聯劑(f)、能量線硬化性樹脂(g)、光聚合起始劑(h)、通用添加劑(i)等。In order to improve various physical properties of the film adhesive, the adhesive composition and film adhesive may contain, in addition to the polymer component (a) and the thermosetting component (b), other components other than these components as needed. Preferred other components of the adhesive composition and film adhesive include, for example, a curing accelerator (c), a filler (d), a coupling agent (e), a crosslinking agent (f), an energy ray-curable resin (g), a photopolymerization initiator (h), and a general additive (i).
[硬化促進劑(c)] 硬化促進劑(c)為用以調節接著劑組成物之硬化速度之成分。 作為較佳之硬化促進劑(c),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等咪唑類(一個以上之氫原子經氫原子以外之基取代的咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(一個以上之氫原子經有機基取代的膦);四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等四苯基硼鹽等。[Hardening accelerator (c)] Hardening accelerator (c) is a component used to adjust the hardening speed of the adhesive composition. Preferred curing accelerators (c) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; imidazoles (imidazoles in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with groups other than hydrogen atoms) such as 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; organic phosphines (phosphines in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with organic groups) such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine; and tetraphenylborates such as tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate and triphenylphosphine tetraphenylborate.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之硬化促進劑(c)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些硬化促進劑(c)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may contain only one type of hardening accelerator (c) or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these hardening accelerators (c) can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用硬化促進劑(c)之情形時,於接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑中,相對於熱硬化性成分(b)之含量100質量份,硬化促進劑(c)之含量較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(c)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得藉由使用硬化促進劑(c)所得之效果。藉由硬化促進劑(c)之含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性之硬化促進劑(c)於高溫、高濕度條件下於膜狀接著劑中往膜狀接著劑與被黏附體之接著界面側移動而偏析的效果變高,使用膜狀接著劑所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。When a hardening accelerator (c) is used, the content of the hardening accelerator (c) is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting component (b) in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive. By setting the content of the hardening accelerator (c) to be above the lower limit, the effect of using the hardening accelerator (c) can be more significantly achieved. By keeping the content of the curing accelerator (c) below the aforementioned upper limit, the effect of suppressing the highly polar curing accelerator (c) from migrating and segregating in the film adhesive toward the interface between the film adhesive and the adherend under high temperature and high humidity conditions is enhanced, thereby further improving the reliability of the package obtained using the film adhesive.
[填充材(d)] 膜狀接著劑藉由含有填充材(d),擴展之切斷性進一步提高。另外,膜狀接著劑藉由含有填充材(d),熱膨脹係數之調整變容易,藉由針對膜狀接著劑之貼附對象物使該熱膨脹係數最適化,使用膜狀接著劑所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由膜狀接著劑含有填充材(d),亦能夠降低硬化後之膜狀接著劑之吸濕率,或提高散熱性。[Filler (d)] The inclusion of filler (d) in a film adhesive further enhances its expansion cutoff properties. Furthermore, the inclusion of filler (d) facilitates adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient. By optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient for the object to which the film adhesive is attached, the reliability of the package using the film adhesive is further enhanced. Furthermore, the inclusion of filler (d) in the film adhesive can reduce the moisture absorption rate of the cured film adhesive and improve heat dissipation.
填充材(d)可為有機填充材及無機填充材之任一種,較佳為無機填充材。 作為較佳之無機填充材,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等之粉末;將這些無機填充材加以球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機填充材之表面改質品;這些無機填充材之單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 這些當中,無機填充材較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。Filler (d) can be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, preferably an inorganic filler. Preferred inorganic fillers include: powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, red iron, silicon carbide, boron nitride, etc.; beads formed by sphericalizing these inorganic fillers; surface-modified products of these inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers. Of these, silica or alumina is preferred.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之填充材(d)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些填充材(d)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The filler (d) contained in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these fillers (d) may be arbitrarily selected.
於使用填充材(d)之情形時,於接著劑組成物中,填充材(d)之含量相對於溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量的比率(亦即,膜狀接著劑中的填充材(d)之含量相對於膜狀接著劑之總質量的比率)較佳為5質量%至80質量%,更佳為10質量%至70質量%,尤佳為20質量%至60質量%。藉由前述比率為此種範圍,可更顯著地獲得藉由使用上述填充材(d)所得之效果。When filler (d) is used, the ratio of the filler (d) content to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (i.e., the ratio of the filler (d) content in the film-forming adhesive to the total mass of the film-forming adhesive) is preferably 5% to 80% by mass, more preferably 10% to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20% to 60% by mass. By maintaining the ratio within this range, the effects of using filler (d) can be more significantly achieved.
[偶合劑(e)] 膜狀接著劑藉由含有偶合劑(e),對被黏附體之接著性及密接性提高。另外,藉由膜狀接著劑含有偶合劑(e),該膜狀接著劑之硬化物於不損及耐熱性之情況下耐水性提高。偶合劑(e)具有能與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基。[Coupling Agent (e)] The inclusion of a coupling agent (e) in a film adhesive improves its adhesion and close contact with the adherend. Furthermore, the inclusion of a coupling agent (e) in the film adhesive improves the water resistance of the cured product without compromising heat resistance. The coupling agent (e) has a functional group that reacts with an inorganic or organic compound.
偶合劑(e)較佳為具有能與聚合物成分(a)、熱硬化性成分(b)等所具有之官能基反應的官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group that can react with the functional groups of the polymer component (a) and the thermosetting component (b), and is more preferably a silane coupling agent.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之偶合劑(e)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些偶合劑(e)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The coupler (e) contained in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these couplers (e) may be arbitrarily selected.
於使用偶合劑(e)之情形時,於接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑中,相對於聚合物成分(a)及熱硬化性成分(b)之總含量100質量份,偶合劑(e)之含量較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由偶合劑(e)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得填充材(d)於樹脂中之分散性提高、或膜狀接著劑與被黏附體之接著性之提高等藉由使用偶合劑(e)所得之效果。藉由偶合劑(e)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,進一步抑制逸氣之產生。When a coupling agent (e) is used, the amount of the coupling agent (e) in the adhesive composition and film-like adhesive is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer component (a) and the thermosetting component (b). By ensuring that the coupling agent (e) content is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects of the coupling agent (e), such as improved dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin and improved adhesion between the film-like adhesive and the adherend, can be more significantly achieved. By ensuring that the coupling agent (e) content is below the aforementioned upper limit, the generation of outgassing can be further suppressed.
[交聯劑(f)] 於使用上述丙烯酸樹脂等具有能與其他化合物鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等官能基者作為聚合物成分(a)之情形時,接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑亦可含有交聯劑(f)。交聯劑(f)為用以使聚合物成分(a)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而交聯之成分,藉由如此交聯,而能夠調節膜狀接著劑之起始接著力及凝聚力。[Crosslinking Agent (f)] When using the aforementioned acrylic resins, which have functional groups such as vinyl, (meth)acryl, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, or isocyanate groups capable of bonding with other compounds, as the polymer component (a), the adhesive composition and film-forming adhesive may also contain a crosslinking agent (f). The crosslinking agent (f) is a component used to bond the aforementioned functional groups in the polymer component (a) with other compounds, thereby crosslinking. This crosslinking can adjust the initial adhesion and cohesive strength of the film-forming adhesive.
作為交聯劑(f),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyisocyanate compounds, organic polyimide compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), and aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridine group).
於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(f)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(a),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(f)具有異氰酸酯基,聚合物成分(a)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(f)與聚合物成分(a)之反應,而能夠於膜狀接著劑簡便地導入交聯結構。When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), a hydroxyl-containing polymer is preferably used as the polymer component (a). When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (a) has a hydroxyl group, a crosslinking structure can be easily introduced into the film-forming adhesive through the reaction between the crosslinking agent (f) and the polymer component (a).
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之交聯劑(f)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑(f)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The crosslinking agent (f) contained in the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents (f) can be arbitrarily selected.
於使用交聯劑(f)之情形時,於接著劑組成物中,相對於聚合物成分(a)之含量100質量份,交聯劑(f)之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(f)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而可更顯著地獲得藉由使用交聯劑(f)所得之效果。藉由交聯劑(f)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,則抑制交聯劑(f)之過量使用。When a crosslinking agent (f) is used, the amount of the crosslinking agent (f) in the adhesive composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (a). By ensuring that the amount of the crosslinking agent (f) is above the lower limit, the effects of using the crosslinking agent (f) are more significantly achieved. By ensuring that the amount of the crosslinking agent (f) is below the upper limit, excessive use of the crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed.
[能量線硬化性樹脂(g)] 藉由接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑含有能量線硬化性樹脂(g),膜狀接著劑能夠藉由能量線之照射使特性變化。[Energy ray curable resin (g)] When the adhesive composition and the film adhesive contain the energy ray curable resin (g), the properties of the film adhesive can be changed by irradiation with energy rays.
能量線硬化性樹脂(g)係由能量線硬化性化合物所得。作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如可列舉於分子內具有至少一個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。The energy ray-curable resin (g) is obtained from an energy ray-curable compound. Examples of the energy ray-curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acryloyl group.
接著劑組成物所含有之能量線硬化性樹脂(g)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The energy ray curable resin (g) contained in the adhesive composition may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these energy ray curable resins (g) may be arbitrarily selected.
於使用能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之情形時,於接著劑組成物中,能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之含量相對於接著劑組成物之總質量的比率較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為5質量%至90質量%,尤佳為10質量%至85質量%。When the energy ray curable resin (g) is used, the content of the energy ray curable resin (g) in the adhesive composition is preferably 1 mass % to 95 mass %, more preferably 5 mass % to 90 mass %, and even more preferably 10 mass % to 85 mass % relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition.
[光聚合起始劑(h)] 於接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑含有能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之情形時,為了高效率地進行能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(h)。[Photopolymerization Initiator (h)] When the adhesive composition and the film-like adhesive contain the energy ray-curable resin (g), a photopolymerization initiator (h) may be contained in order to efficiently carry out the polymerization reaction of the energy ray-curable resin (g).
作為接著劑組成物中之光聚合起始劑(h),例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;1-氯蒽醌、2-氯蒽醌等醌化合物等。 另外,作為光聚合起始劑(h),例如亦可列舉胺等光增感劑等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (h) in the connecter composition include: benzoin compounds such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin benzoic acid methyl ester, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone compounds such as acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1-one, and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; acyl compounds such as bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (h) include phosphine oxide compounds; sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-ketoalcohol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thiothione compounds such as thiothione; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzoyl; dibenzoyl; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthiothione; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanone; and quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and 2-chloroanthraquinone. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (h) include photosensitizers such as amine.
接著劑組成物所含有之光聚合起始劑(h)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑(h)之組合及比率可任意選擇。The photopolymerization initiator (h) contained in the adhesive composition may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators (h) may be arbitrarily selected.
於使用光聚合起始劑(h)之情形時,於接著劑組成物中,相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(g)之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(h)之含量較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator (h) is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (h) in the adhesive composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable resin (g).
[通用添加劑(i)] 通用添加劑(i)亦可為公知者,可根據目的而任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳者,例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、著色劑(染料、顏料)、吸氣劑等。[General Additive (i)] General additive (i) may be any known additive and may be selected according to the intended purpose without particular limitation. Preferred additives include, for example, plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, colorants (dyes, pigments), and air getters.
接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑所含有之通用添加劑(i)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些通用添加劑(i)之組合及比率可任意選擇。 接著劑組成物及膜狀接著劑之含量並無特別限定,只要根據目的而適當選擇即可。The general-purpose additive (i) contained in the adhesive composition and film-forming adhesive may be a single type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these general-purpose additives (i) may be arbitrarily selected. The content of the adhesive composition and film-forming adhesive is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the intended purpose.
[溶媒] 接著劑組成物較佳為進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之接著劑組成物係操作性變良好。 前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳者,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 接著劑組成物所含有之溶媒可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒之組合及比率可任意選擇。[Solvent] The adhesive composition preferably further contains a solvent. Adhesive compositions containing a solvent improve handling. The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone. The adhesive composition may contain only one solvent or two or more. In the case of two or more solvents, the combination and ratio of these solvents can be arbitrarily selected.
就能夠將接著劑組成物中之含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,接著劑組成物所含有之溶媒較佳為甲基乙基酮等。From the perspective of being able to more uniformly mix the components in the adhesive composition, the solvent contained in the adhesive composition is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like.
接著劑組成物之溶媒之含量並無特別限定,例如只要根據溶媒以外之成分之種類而適當選擇即可。The content of the solvent in the adhesive composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the types of components other than the solvent.
[接著劑組成物的製造方法] 接著劑組成物係藉由將用以構成該接著劑組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 接著劑組成物例如除了調配成分之種類不同的方面以外,可利用與上文所說明之黏著劑組成物之情形相同的方法製造。[Adhesive Composition Manufacturing Method] An adhesive composition is obtained by blending the components that constitute it. Apart from the differences in the types of ingredients blended, the adhesive composition can be manufactured using the same methods as the adhesive composition described above.
〇剝離膜 剝離膜之構成材料較佳為各種樹脂,可列舉前述基材中所例示者,較佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)。○ Peeling film The material constituting the peeling film is preferably various resins, and those exemplified in the aforementioned substrates can be cited, and polyethylene terephthalate (PET) is preferred.
剝離膜之厚度可根據目標而適當選擇,可為10μm以上至200μm以下,可為20μm以上至150μm以下,可為30μm以上至80μm以下。The thickness of the peeling film can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and may be from 10 μm to 200 μm, from 20 μm to 150 μm, or from 30 μm to 80 μm.
此處,所謂「剝離膜之厚度」,意指剝離膜整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層構成之剝離膜之厚度,意指構成剝離膜的所有層之合計厚度。Here, the term "thickness of the peeling film" refers to the thickness of the peeling film as a whole. For example, the term "thickness of a peeling film composed of multiple layers" refers to the combined thickness of all layers comprising the peeling film.
剝離膜亦可除了含有前述樹脂等主要之構成材料以外,還含有填充材、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知之各種添加劑。In addition to the aforementioned resin and other main components, the release film may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, softeners (plasticizers), etc.
剝離膜的相對於膜狀接著劑之接合面較佳為經剝離劑處理之剝離處理面。前述剝離處理面可含有剝離劑。作為剝離劑,例如可列舉:醇酸系、聚矽氧系、氟系、不飽和聚酯系、聚烯烴系、蠟系等,較佳為含有聚矽氧之聚矽氧系剝離劑。The surface of the release film that contacts the film adhesive is preferably a release-treated surface that has been treated with a release agent. The release-treated surface may contain a release agent. Examples of release agents include alkyd-based, silicone-based, fluorine-based, unsaturated polyester-based, polyolefin-based, and wax-based release agents. Silicone-based release agents containing silicone are preferred.
為了使用上述剝離劑進行剝離處理,可列舉下述方法:將剝離劑保持無溶劑狀態或者加以溶劑稀釋或製成乳液,藉由凹版塗佈機、邁耶棒塗佈機、氣刀塗佈機、輥塗機等進行塗佈,將塗佈有剝離劑之膜供給於常溫下或加熱下,或者藉由電子束加以硬化,或者藉由濕式層壓或乾式層壓、熱熔融層壓、熔融擠出層壓、共擠出加工等而形成積層體。In order to use the above-mentioned stripping agent for stripping treatment, the following methods can be listed: the stripping agent is kept in a solvent-free state or diluted with a solvent or made into an emulsion, and is applied by a gravure coater, a Mayer rod coater, an air knife coater, a roll coater, etc. The film coated with the stripping agent is supplied at room temperature or under heating, or is hardened by an electron beam, or is formed into a laminate by wet lamination or dry lamination, hot melt lamination, melt extrusion lamination, co-extrusion processing, etc.
◇輥體 作為本發明之半導體裝置製造用片之一實施形態,提供一種輥體,該輥體係於長條狀之前述剝離膜上具備前述標籤部及前述外周部,且以前述標籤部及前述外周部作為內側捲成輥而成。 所謂「作為內側」,意指朝向輥體的中心側(芯部側)。◇ Roller: As one embodiment of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of the present invention, a roll is provided. The roll is formed by rolling the aforementioned release film into a long strip, with the label portion and the peripheral portion provided thereon. The label portion and the peripheral portion are positioned as the inner side. The term "inner side" refers to the roll facing the center (core) side of the roll.
圖4為示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之輥體的剖面圖,表示鬆開輥體而將一部分展開之狀態。圖4包含圖2之B-B’剖面圖。 輥體110係具備標籤部30及外周部(未圖示),將以包含基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之標籤部30為一單位的單位P30 於剝離膜15上積層2單位以上,以單位P30 的積層有基材11之側朝向輥體的中心側(芯部側)之方式捲成輥。捲成輥之方向為長條狀之剝離膜15之長邊方向。輥體之捲繞數並無特別限定,較佳為以半導體裝置製造用片的至少一部分重疊於前述單位P30 上之方式,捲繞超過一圈。Figure 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a roller according to one embodiment of the present invention, showing the roller partially unfolded after being opened. Figure 4 includes the cross-sectional view taken along line BB' of Figure 2. The roller 110 comprises a label portion 30 and a peripheral portion (not shown). Two or more units P30 , each consisting of a label portion 30 comprising a substrate 11, an adhesive layer 12, an intermediate layer 13, and a film-like adhesive 14, are stacked on the release film 15. The roll is formed such that the side of the unit P30 stacked with the substrate 11 faces the center (core) of the roller. The roll is rolled in the direction of the long side of the strip of release film 15. The number of times the roll is wound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably wound more than once so that at least a portion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet overlaps the aforementioned unit P30 .
所謂前述半導體裝置製造用片的1單位,可為包含於一次或一個貼附對象物之貼附所使用的膜狀接著劑之部分。圖4中,每個單位P30 包含一個圓形之膜狀接著劑14,以2單位以上連續地以預定之間隔配置有單位P30 。 一個輥體中,各單位P30 所含之構成彼此亦可相互經加工成相同形狀。作為較佳形狀,係圓形之支撐片1、與較支撐片1更為小徑的圓形之中間層13及膜狀接著劑14積層為同心圓狀。The aforementioned unit of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet may include a portion of the film adhesive used for attaching a single object. In Figure 4, each unit P30 includes a circular film adhesive 14, with two or more units P30 arranged continuously at predetermined intervals. Within a roll, the components contained in each unit P30 may be processed into the same shape. A preferred shape is a concentric layer formation of a circular support sheet 1, a circular intermediate layer 13 of a smaller diameter than the support sheet 1, and the film adhesive 14.
膜狀接著劑14係能夠容易地貼附於半導體晶圓等(貼附對象物),且具有附著性,因而藉由設為膜狀接著劑14夾持於剝離膜15與支撐片1之構成,而適於以輥狀進行保管。 輥體亦適合作為半導體裝置製造用片之流通形態。The film adhesive 14 can easily adhere to a semiconductor wafer (an object to be attached) and has good adhesion. Therefore, by sandwiching the film adhesive 14 between the release film 15 and the support sheet 1, it is suitable for storage in a roll. The roll is also suitable for distributing sheets used in semiconductor device manufacturing.
輥體例如可藉由將長條狀之剝離膜、基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑以成為對應之位置關係之方式加以積層而製造。The roller can be manufactured, for example, by laminating a strip of release film, a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a film-shaped adhesive in a corresponding positional relationship.
◇半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法 前述半導體裝置製造用片係可將上述各層以成為對應之位置關係之方式加以積層而製造。各層之形成方法如上文中所說明。◇Method for Manufacturing a Semiconductor Device Manufacturing Sheet The aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be manufactured by laminating the aforementioned layers in a corresponding positional relationship. The method for forming each layer is as described above.
例如,前述半導體裝置製造用片可藉由下述方式製造:分別預先準備基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑,並將這些以成為基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑之順序之方式加以貼合而積層。 然而,該方法為半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例。For example, the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be manufactured by separately preparing a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a film-shaped adhesive, and then laminating these layers in the order of the substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer, and film-shaped adhesive. However, this method is only one example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet.
前述半導體裝置製造用片亦可例如藉由下述方式製造:預先製作用以構成該半導體裝置製造用片的由多個層積層而構成的兩種以上之中間積層體,將這些中間積層體彼此加以貼合。中間積層體之構成可適當地任意選擇。例如,藉由預先製作具有將基材及黏著劑層積層之構成的第一中間積層體(相當於前述支撐片)、及具有將中間層及膜狀接著劑積層之構成的第二中間積層體,並將第一中間積層體中的黏著劑層與第二中間積層體中的中間層加以貼合,而可製造半導體裝置製造用片。 然而,這也為半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例。The aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can also be manufactured, for example, by pre-forming two or more intermediate laminates composed of multiple layers to constitute the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and then laminating these intermediate laminates together. The structure of the intermediate laminate can be arbitrarily selected as appropriate. For example, a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be manufactured by prefabricating a first interlayer structure (equivalent to the aforementioned support sheet) comprising a substrate and an adhesive layer, and a second interlayer structure comprising an interlayer and a film-like adhesive layer, and then laminating the adhesive layer of the first interlayer structure to the interlayer of the second interlayer structure. However, this is only one example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet.
作為前述半導體裝置製造用片,例如於製造如圖1所示般中間層的第一面之面積及膜狀接著劑的第一面之面積均小於黏著劑層的第一面及基材的第一面之面積者之情形時,亦可於上述製造方法中之任一階段中,追加將中間層及膜狀接著劑加工為目標大小之步驟。例如,亦可於使用前述第二中間積層體之製造方法中,追加進行將第二中間積層體中的中間層及膜狀接著劑加工為目標大小之步驟,由此製造半導體裝置製造用片。When manufacturing the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, for example, in the case where the area of the first surface of the interlayer and the first surface of the film-like adhesive are both smaller than the area of the first surface of the adhesive layer and the first surface of the substrate, as shown in FIG1 , a step of processing the interlayer and the film-like adhesive to the target size can be added at any stage of the aforementioned manufacturing method. For example, in the manufacturing method using the aforementioned second interlayer body, a step of processing the interlayer and the film-like adhesive in the second interlayer body to the target size can be added to manufacture the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet.
作為前述半導體裝置製造用片,例如於製造如圖1所示般基材的第一面之面積及黏著劑層的第一面之面積均小於剝離膜的第一面之面積者之情形時,亦可於上述製造方法之任一階段中,追加進行將基材及黏著劑層加工為目標大小之步驟。When manufacturing the aforementioned semiconductor device sheet, for example, as shown in FIG1 , where the area of the first surface of the substrate and the area of the first surface of the adhesive layer are both smaller than the area of the first surface of the release film, a step of processing the substrate and the adhesive layer to the target size can be added at any stage of the above-mentioned manufacturing method.
於製造在膜狀接著劑上具備剝離膜之狀態的半導體裝置製造用片之情形時,例如可於剝離膜上製作膜狀接著劑,維持該狀態而積層其餘之層,製作半導體裝置製造用片;亦可將基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑全部積層後,於膜狀接著劑上積層剝離膜,製作半導體裝置製造用片。剝離膜只要於使用半導體裝置製造用片時之前,於必要階段中移除即可。When manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet with a release film on a film-like adhesive, for example, the film-like adhesive can be formed on the release film, and the remaining layers can be deposited while the film-like adhesive is maintained to produce the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. Alternatively, the substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer, and film-like adhesive can be deposited, and then the release film can be deposited on the film-like adhesive to produce the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. The release film can be removed at a necessary stage before using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet.
具備基材、黏著劑層、中間層、膜狀接著劑及剝離膜以外之其他層的半導體裝置製造用片可藉由下述方式製造:於上述製造方法中,追加進行於適當之時機形成該其他層並加以積層之步驟。A sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices having layers other than a substrate, an adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, a film adhesive, and a release film can be manufactured by adding a step of forming and laminating the other layers at an appropriate time in the above-mentioned manufacturing method.
半導體裝置製造用片的各層例如可藉由衝壓加工進行加工,製成任意形狀。例如,於將中間層13及膜狀接著劑14設為圓形之情形時,可使用對應形狀之衝壓刀來衝壓加工成為圓形。Each layer of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be processed into any shape by, for example, stamping. For example, when the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 are set to be circular, they can be stamped into the circular shape using a stamping blade of the corresponding shape.
本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法可包含:積層步驟,將具備前述基材及前述黏著劑層之第一中間積層體、與具備前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之第二中間積層體加以貼合;以及加工步驟,將前述第二中間積層體的一部分前述膜狀接著劑及中間層加以衝壓加工後去除,形成前述標籤部、前述溝槽及前述外周部。A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention may include: a lamination step of laminating a first intermediate laminate having the substrate and the adhesive layer to a second intermediate laminate having the intermediate layer and the film-like adhesive; and a processing step of removing a portion of the film-like adhesive and the intermediate layer from the second intermediate laminate by stamping, thereby forming the label portion, the trench, and the peripheral portion.
用於積層步驟之第二中間積層體亦可為已進行了衝壓加工者(例如下述第二中間積層體加工物)。The second intermediate laminate used in the lamination step may also be one that has been subjected to a stamping process (e.g., the second intermediate laminate product described below).
前述加工步驟可包含下述第一加工步驟及第二加工步驟。本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法可包含:第一加工步驟,針對具備前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑之第二中間積層體中的前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑,於與構成半導體裝置製造用片的前述標籤部之前述中間層及前述膜狀接著劑的外周對應之位置形成切入部C,以該切入部C為起點將位於外側之前述膜狀接著劑及中間層的至少一部分去除,獲得第二中間積層體加工物;積層步驟,將具備前述基材及前述黏著劑層之第一中間積層體與第二中間積層體加工物加以貼合而獲得積層物;以及第二加工步驟,針對前述積層物的前述基材及前述黏著劑層,於自半導體裝置製造用片的前述標籤部連續的與前述基材及前述黏著劑層的外周對應之位置形成切入部C’,以該切入部C’作為起點將位於外側之前述基材及前述黏著劑層的至少一部分加以去除,獲得半導體裝置製造用片。The aforementioned processing steps may include the following first processing step and second processing step. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention may include: a first processing step, for the aforementioned intermediate layer and the aforementioned film-like adhesive in the second intermediate laminate body having the aforementioned intermediate layer and the aforementioned film-like adhesive, forming a cut-in portion C at a position corresponding to the periphery of the aforementioned intermediate layer and the aforementioned film-like adhesive of the aforementioned label portion constituting the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, removing at least a portion of the aforementioned film-like adhesive and the intermediate layer located on the outer side from the cut-in portion C to obtain a second intermediate laminate body processed product; The method further comprises the steps of laminating a first intermediate laminate body having the substrate and the adhesive layer and a second intermediate laminate body workpiece to obtain a laminate; and a second processing step of forming a cut-in portion C' on the substrate and the adhesive layer of the laminate at a position corresponding to the periphery of the substrate and the adhesive layer, which is continuous from the label portion of the sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and removing at least a portion of the substrate and the adhesive layer located on the outer side from the cut-in portion C' to obtain a sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
圖3係表示實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例的示意圖。再者,圖3所示之半導體裝置製造用片係將圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片上下反轉。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment. The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet shown in Fig. 3 is obtained by turning the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet shown in Fig. 1 upside down.
[第一加工步驟] 圖3A所示之第二中間積層體102係具備膜狀接著劑14及中間層13,且具有將剝離膜15、膜狀接著劑14、中間層13及剝離膜16依序積層之構成。 針對第二中間積層體102的剝離膜16、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14,自積層有剝離膜16之側之面進行形成切入部C1、C2之第一衝壓。切入部C2係與構成半導體裝置製造用片101的標籤部30之中間層13及膜狀接著劑14的外周對應。此處之衝壓部位之切入部C1、C2相互配置成同心圓狀。衝壓中,可切入至剝離膜15為止,可於剝離膜15形成切入部C1、C2。繼而,將以切入部C2作為起點的位於外側之一部分(由切入部C1、C2夾持之圓環狀之部分)加以去除,獲得第二中間積層體加工物103。此處所謂之外側,為相對於膜狀接著劑的表面呈平行之方向上,由切入部C2所包圍之區域之外側的位置。於第二中間積層體加工物103,形成與由所去除之切入部C1、C2所夾持之部分對應的第一溝槽35(圖3B)。[First Processing Step] The second intermediate laminate 102 shown in Figure 3A comprises a film-like adhesive 14 and an intermediate layer 13, with a release film 15, a film-like adhesive 14, an intermediate layer 13, and a release film 16 stacked in this order. A first press is performed to form cutouts C1 and C2 in the release film 16, the intermediate layer 13, and the film-like adhesive 14 of the second intermediate laminate 102, starting from the side where the release film 16 is stacked. Cutout C2 corresponds to the outer periphery of the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 in the label portion 30 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. The cutting portions C1 and C2 of the punching area here are arranged concentrically with each other. During punching, the peeling film 15 can be cut until the cutting portion C1 and C2 are formed on the peeling film 15. Subsequently, a portion located on the outer side (the annular portion sandwiched by the cutting portions C1 and C2) starting from the cutting portion C2 is removed to obtain the second intermediate multilayer workpiece 103. The outer side here refers to the position outside the area surrounded by the cutting portion C2 in a direction parallel to the surface of the film adhesive. A first groove 35 corresponding to the portion sandwiched by the removed cutting portions C1 and C2 is formed in the second intermediate multilayer workpiece 103 (Figure 3B).
[積層步驟] 自上述所得之第二中間積層體加工物103移除剝離膜16,使中間層13的一面露出。 另外,自具備基材11、及設置於基材11的一面上之黏著劑層12的具剝離膜之第一中間積層體移除剝離膜(未圖示),使黏著劑層12的一面露出。繼而,進行將第一中間積層體104的黏著劑層12之露出面與第二中間積層體加工物103的中間層13之露出面加以貼合之積層步驟。第一中間積層體104係以覆蓋第二中間積層體加工物103的中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之方式積層。如此,獲得具備剝離膜15、膜狀接著劑14、中間層13、黏著劑層12及基材11之積層物105(圖3C)。[Lamination Step] The release film 16 is removed from the second intermediate multilayered product 103 obtained above, exposing one surface of the intermediate layer 13. Separately, a release film (not shown) is removed from a first intermediate multilayered product having a release film and comprising a substrate 11 and an adhesive layer 12 disposed on one surface of the substrate 11, exposing one surface of the adhesive layer 12. Next, a lamination step is performed in which the exposed surface of the adhesive layer 12 of the first intermediate multilayered product 104 is bonded to the exposed surface of the intermediate layer 13 of the second intermediate multilayered product 103. The first intermediate laminate 104 is laminated to cover the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 of the second intermediate laminate workpiece 103. Thus, a laminate 105 comprising the release film 15, the film-like adhesive 14, the intermediate layer 13, the adhesive layer 12, and the substrate 11 is obtained ( FIG. 3C ).
[第二加工步驟] 針對藉此所得之積層物105的基材11、黏著劑層12、中間層13及膜狀接著劑14,自積層有基材11之側之面,進行形成切入部C3、C4之第二衝壓。切入部C3係與半導體裝置製造用片101的外周部32的外周對應。切入部C4係與位於半導體裝置製造用片101的溝槽34內之基材11及黏著劑層12的外周對應。此處之衝壓部位之切入部C4係與切入部C1、C2配置成同心圓狀。衝壓中,可切入至剝離膜15為止,可於剝離膜15形成切入部C3、C4。繼而,將以切入部C4作為起點的位於外側之一部分(由切入部C3、C4夾持之部分)加以去除,藉此獲得半導體裝置製造用片101(圖3D)。此處所謂之外側,為相對於膜狀接著劑的表面呈平行之方向上由切入部C4所包圍之區域之外側的位置。[Second Processing Step] A second punching operation is performed on the substrate 11, adhesive layer 12, intermediate layer 13, and film adhesive 14 of the resulting laminate 105, starting from the side on which the substrate 11 is laminated, to form cutouts C3 and C4. Cutout C3 corresponds to the periphery of the peripheral portion 32 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. Cutout C4 corresponds to the periphery of the substrate 11 and adhesive layer 12 located within the trench 34 of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. Cutout C4 of this punching operation is arranged concentrically with cutouts C1 and C2. During the punching process, the film is cut into the release film 15, forming cutouts C3 and C4 in the release film 15. Subsequently, a portion of the film located outside the cutout C4 (the portion sandwiched between the cutouts C3 and C4) is removed, thereby obtaining a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 ( FIG. 3D ). The "outside" here refers to the area outside the area enclosed by the cutout C4 in a direction parallel to the surface of the film adhesive.
此處,切入部C4位於較切入部C2更靠標籤部30的膜狀接著劑14的徑向外側,故而黏著劑層12的第一面及基材11的第一面之面積形成為大於中間層13的第一面之面積及膜狀接著劑14的第一面之面積。Here, the cut portion C4 is located radially outward of the film adhesive 14 of the label portion 30 relative to the cut portion C2, so the area of the first surface of the adhesive layer 12 and the first surface of the substrate 11 are formed to be larger than the area of the first surface of the intermediate layer 13 and the first surface of the film adhesive 14.
再者,此處切入部C3位於較切入部C1更靠標籤部30的膜狀接著劑14的徑向外側,故而不僅是基材11及黏著劑層12,外側之中間層13及膜狀接著劑14部分亦經衝壓加工後被去除。然而,實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法中,較切入部C1更靠外側之部分之衝壓並非必需。Furthermore, the cutout portion C3 is located radially outward of the film adhesive 14, closer to the label portion 30, than the cutout portion C1. Therefore, not only the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12, but also the outer portion of the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 are removed after the stamping process. However, in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of the embodiment, stamping of the portion further outward from the cutout portion C1 is not required.
於半導體裝置製造用片101,形成有與由切入部C3、C4所夾持之部分對應的第二溝槽36。將第二溝槽36與第一溝槽35合併之部分相當於半導體裝置製造用片101之溝槽34。由切入部C2所包圍之膜狀接著劑14的徑向內側相當於標籤部30。切入部C3的標籤部30的膜狀接著劑14的徑向外側相當於外周部32。Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is formed with a second trench 36 corresponding to the portion sandwiched between cutouts C3 and C4. The portion where second trench 36 and first trench 35 merge corresponds to trench 34 of semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101. The radially inner side of film adhesive 14 surrounded by cutout C2 corresponds to label portion 30. The radially outer side of film adhesive 14 on label portion 30 at cutout C3 corresponds to outer periphery 32.
再者,圖3所示之實施形態中,包含第一加工步驟及第二加工步驟這兩次衝壓加工,但亦可藉由一次衝壓加工(例如,對於未經衝壓加工的第二中間積層體與第一中間積層體之積層物形成切入部C1、C2)而形成標籤部30、溝槽34及外周部32。Furthermore, the embodiment shown in FIG3 includes two stamping processes, namely the first processing step and the second processing step, but the label portion 30, the groove 34 and the peripheral portion 32 can also be formed by a single stamping process (for example, forming the cut portions C1 and C2 in the laminate of the second intermediate laminate and the first intermediate laminate that have not been stamped).
實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法可於前述第一加工步驟之前,進而包含:第二中間積層體製造步驟,係於第一剝離膜的剝離處理面塗敷接著劑組成物,加以乾燥而形成膜狀接著劑,於剝離膜的剝離處理面塗敷中間層形成用組成物,加以乾燥而形成中間層,將前述膜狀接著劑的露出面與前述中間層的露出面加以貼合,藉此獲得具第一剝離膜之第二中間積層體。The method for manufacturing a sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices in an embodiment may further include, before the aforementioned first processing step, a second intermediate layer manufacturing step, comprising applying an adhesive composition to the release-treated surface of the first release film and drying the adhesive composition to form a film-like adhesive, applying an intermediate layer-forming composition to the release-treated surface of the release film and drying the adhesive composition to form an intermediate layer, and laminating the exposed surface of the film-like adhesive to the exposed surface of the intermediate layer, thereby obtaining a second intermediate layer having the first release film.
實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法可於前述積層步驟之前,進而包含:第一中間積層體製造步驟,於剝離膜的剝離處理面塗敷黏著劑組成物,加以乾燥而形成黏著劑層,將前述黏著劑層的露出面與基材加以貼合,藉此獲得第一中間積層體。The method for manufacturing a sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment may further include, before the aforementioned lamination step, a first intermediate laminate body manufacturing step, wherein an adhesive composition is applied to the release-treated surface of the release film, dried to form an adhesive layer, and the exposed surface of the adhesive layer is bonded to a substrate to obtain the first intermediate laminate body.
本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法藉由包含伴隨前述衝壓加工之加工步驟,而能夠簡便地形成具備與標籤部相同之層結構的外周部。因此,能夠簡便地製造能有效抑制輥體中之捲取痕跡產生的半導體裝置製造用片。A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention includes a processing step accompanying the aforementioned stamping process, thereby enabling the simple formation of a peripheral portion having the same layer structure as the label portion. Consequently, a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet that effectively suppresses the generation of winding marks in the roll can be simply manufactured.
◇半導體裝置製造用片之使用方法(具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法) 前述半導體裝置製造用片係可於半導體裝置之製造過程中,於製造具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片時使用。 作為本發明之一實施形態之具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法係提供一種具有下述步驟的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法:於實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的前述膜狀接著劑之側積層半導體晶圓或半導體晶片,獲得積層體之步驟;以及將前述膜狀接著劑、或前述半導體晶圓及前述膜狀接著劑沿著前述半導體晶片的外周加以切斷,獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之步驟。◇ Method of using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet (method for manufacturing semiconductor chips with film-like adhesives) The aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be used in the semiconductor device manufacturing process to manufacture semiconductor chips with film-like adhesives. As one embodiment of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive is provided, which comprises the following steps: a step of laminating a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip on the side of the aforementioned film-like adhesive of a sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device in the embodiment to obtain a laminate; and a step of cutting the aforementioned film-like adhesive, or the aforementioned semiconductor wafer and the aforementioned film-like adhesive along the periphery of the aforementioned semiconductor chip to obtain a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive.
以下,一邊參照圖式,一邊對前述半導體裝置製造用片之使用方法(具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法)加以詳細說明。The following describes in detail a method for using the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet (a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive) with reference to the drawings.
實施形態之具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法包含下述步驟:於半導體裝置製造用片的前述膜狀接著劑的露出面貼附半導體晶圓的內面,獲得由前述基材、前述黏著劑層、前述中間層、前述膜狀接著劑及前述半導體晶圓依序積層而構成之積層物之步驟;將前述半導體晶圓加以分割,並且切斷前述膜狀接著劑,獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之步驟;以及將前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片自前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述中間層扯離並拾取之步驟。A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive in an embodiment includes the following steps: attaching the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer to the exposed surface of the film adhesive of a sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device to obtain a laminate consisting of the substrate, the adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, the film adhesive, and the semiconductor wafer stacked in sequence; dividing the semiconductor wafer and cutting the film adhesive to obtain a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive; and pulling the semiconductor chip with a film adhesive away from the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the intermediate layer and picking it up.
圖5為用以示意性地說明半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之一例的表示標籤部之部分的剖面圖,表示將半導體裝置製造用片貼附於半導體晶圓後使用之情形。該方法中,將半導體裝置製造用片用作切割黏晶片。此處,列舉圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片101為例,對使用方法加以說明。Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view showing the label portion, schematically illustrating one example of how a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be used. The diagram shows how the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is attached to a semiconductor wafer. In this method, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is used as a dicing wafer. Here, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 shown in Figure 1 is used as an example to illustrate how it can be used.
首先,如圖5A所示,一邊將移除剝離膜15之狀態的半導體裝置製造用片101加熱,一邊將該半導體裝置製造用片101中的膜狀接著劑14貼附於半導體晶圓9’的內面9b’。 符號9a’表示半導體晶圓9’的電路形成面。First, as shown in FIG5A , while heating a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 with the release film 15 removed, the film adhesive 14 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b' of the semiconductor wafer 9'. Reference numeral 9a' indicates the circuit-forming surface of the semiconductor wafer 9'.
半導體裝置製造用片101之貼附時之加熱溫度並無特別限定,就半導體裝置製造用片101之加熱貼附穩定性進一步提高之方面而言,較佳為40℃至70℃。The heating temperature during attachment of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40° C. to 70° C. in order to further improve the thermal attachment stability of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 .
半導體裝置製造用片101中的中間層13之寬度W13 之最大值及膜狀接著劑14之寬度W14 之最大值均與半導體晶圓9’之寬度W9’ 之最大值完全相同,或者雖不相同但誤差輕微而基本上同等。The maximum width W13 of the intermediate layer 13 and the maximum width W14 of the film adhesive 14 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 are completely identical to the maximum width W9 ' of the semiconductor wafer 9', or are substantially identical with slight differences.
繼而,針對上述所得之半導體裝置製造用片101與半導體晶圓9’之積層物,自半導體晶圓9’的電路形成面9a’側以刀片切入(進行刀片切割),藉此分割半導體晶圓9’並且切斷膜狀接著劑14。Next, the laminate of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 and the semiconductor wafer 9' obtained above is cut with a blade from the circuit formation surface 9a' side of the semiconductor wafer 9' (blade dicing is performed), thereby dividing the semiconductor wafer 9' and cutting the film adhesive 14.
刀片切割可利用公知之方法進行。例如,可將半導體裝置製造用片101中的黏著劑層12的第一面12a中未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之周緣部附近之區域(前述非積層區域)固定於環形框架等治具(圖示省略)後,使用刀片進行半導體晶圓9’之分割與膜狀接著劑14之切斷。Blade dicing can be performed using known methods. For example, the area near the periphery of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 where the intermediate layer 13 and the film adhesive 14 are not deposited (the aforementioned non-deposited area) can be fixed to a jig such as a ring frame (not shown), and then a blade can be used to separate the semiconductor wafers 9' and cut the film adhesive 14.
藉由該步驟,如圖5B所示,可獲得多個具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914,該具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914具備半導體晶片9、及設於該半導體晶片9的內面9b之切斷後之膜狀接著劑140。這些具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914成為於積層片10中的中間層13上整齊排列地固定之狀態,構成具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群910。 半導體晶片9的內面9b對應於半導體晶圓9’的內面9b’。另外,圖5中,符號9a表示半導體晶片9的電路形成面,對應於半導體晶圓9’的電路形成面9a’。Through this step, as shown in FIG5B , a plurality of semiconductor chips 914 with film adhesives are obtained. The semiconductor chips 914 with film adhesives include a semiconductor chip 9 and a cut film adhesive 140 provided on the inner surface 9b of the semiconductor chip 9. These semiconductor chips 914 with film adhesives are fixed in an orderly manner on the intermediate layer 13 in the laminate 10, forming a semiconductor chip group 910 with film adhesives. The inner surface 9b of the semiconductor chip 9 corresponds to the inner surface 9b' of the semiconductor wafer 9'. In FIG5 , the symbol 9a represents the circuit forming surface of the semiconductor chip 9, which corresponds to the circuit forming surface 9a' of the semiconductor wafer 9'.
於刀片切割時,較佳為利用刀片,針對半導體晶圓9’藉由切入厚度方向之全域而進行分割,並且針對半導體裝置製造用片101,自膜狀接著劑14的第一面14a切入至中間層13的中途之區域為止,藉此將膜狀接著劑14於厚度方向之全域切斷,且未切入至黏著劑層12。 亦即,於刀片切割時,較佳為利用刀片,針對半導體裝置製造用片101與半導體晶圓9’之積層物,於這些之積層方向自半導體晶圓9’的電路形成面9a’至少切入至中間層13的第一面13a為止,且未切入至中間層13中的與第一面13a為相反側之面(亦即,與黏著劑層12之接觸面)。When cutting with a blade, it is preferred to use a blade to separate the semiconductor wafer 9' by cutting into the entire area in the thickness direction, and for the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, cut from the first surface 14a of the film adhesive 14 to the area halfway through the intermediate layer 13, thereby cutting the film adhesive 14 in the entire area in the thickness direction without cutting into the adhesive layer 12. That is, when cutting with a blade, it is better to use the blade to cut into the laminate of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 and the semiconductor wafer 9' in the direction of these laminates from the circuit forming surface 9a' of the semiconductor wafer 9' at least to the first surface 13a of the intermediate layer 13, and not to cut into the surface of the intermediate layer 13 that is opposite to the first surface 13a (that is, the contact surface with the adhesive layer 12).
該步驟中,可如此般容易地避免刀片到達基材11,藉此可抑制自基材11產生切削屑。而且,由刀片切斷之中間層13之主成分係重量平均分子量為100000以下之非矽系樹脂,尤其重量平均分子量為100000以下,藉此亦可抑制自中間層13產生切削屑。In this step, the blade can be easily prevented from reaching the substrate 11, thereby suppressing the generation of cutting chips from the substrate 11. In addition, the main component of the intermediate layer 13 cut by the blade is a non-silicone resin with a weight average molecular weight of 100,000 or less, especially a weight average molecular weight of 100,000 or less, thereby also suppressing the generation of cutting chips from the intermediate layer 13.
刀片切割之條件只要根據目的而適當調節即可,並無特別限定。 通常,刀片之旋轉速度較佳為15000rpm至50000rpm,刀片之移動速度較佳為5mm/sec至75mm/sec。The conditions for blade cutting are not particularly limited as long as they are appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. Generally, the rotation speed of the blade is preferably 15,000 rpm to 50,000 rpm, and the movement speed of the blade is preferably 5 mm/sec to 75 mm/sec.
刀片切割後,如圖5C所示,將具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914自積層片10中的中間層13扯離並拾取。此處,表示使用真空筒夾等扯離機構7,將具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914沿箭頭P方向扯離之情形。再者,此處顯示扯離機構7之剖面。 具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914可利用公知之方法拾取。After dicing, as shown in Figure 5C , the semiconductor wafer 914 with the adhesive film is pulled away from the intermediate layer 13 of the laminate 10 and picked up. Here, a pulling mechanism 7, such as a vacuum chuck, is shown pulling the semiconductor wafer 914 with the adhesive film in the direction of arrow P. Furthermore, a cross-section of the pulling mechanism 7 is shown. The semiconductor wafer 914 with the adhesive film can be picked up using conventional methods.
於中間層13的第一面13a中,前述矽濃度之比率為1%至20%之情形時,可更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914。 於中間層13例如含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及作為前述添加劑之矽氧烷系化合物,中間層中的乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為90質量%至99.99質量%,且中間層中的前述矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為0.01質量%至10質量%之情形時,可更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914。When the silicon concentration ratio on the first surface 13a of the intermediate layer 13 is 1% to 20%, the semiconductor chip 914 with the film adhesive can be more easily picked up. When the intermediate layer 13 contains, for example, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer as the non-silicone resin and a siloxane compound as the additive, and the ratio of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer content in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is 90% to 99.99% by mass, and the ratio of the siloxane compound content in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is 0.01% to 10% by mass, the semiconductor chip 914 with the film adhesive can be more easily picked up.
到此為止所說明之前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法中,作為較佳實施形態,例如可列舉下述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法,所述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片具備半導體晶片、及設置於前述半導體晶片的內面之膜狀接著劑,並且前述半導體裝置製造用片具備前述基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑;前述製造方法具有下述步驟:一邊將前述半導體裝置製造用片加熱,一邊將該半導體裝置製造用片中的膜狀接著劑貼附於前述半導體晶圓的內面之步驟;將貼附有前述膜狀接著劑之前述半導體晶圓自電路形成面側切入厚度方向之全域而加以分割,藉此製作半導體晶片,並且將前述半導體裝置製造用片於厚度方向自前述膜狀接著劑側切入至前述中間層的中途之區域為止,切斷前述膜狀接著劑,且未切入至前述黏著劑層,藉此獲得多個前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片於前述中間層上整齊排列之狀態的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群之步驟;以及,自前述中間層扯離前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片並拾取之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法1」)。In the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive, as a preferred embodiment, the following method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive can be cited as an example, wherein the semiconductor chip with a film adhesive comprises a semiconductor chip and a film adhesive disposed on the inner surface of the semiconductor chip, and the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet comprises the substrate, the adhesive layer, the intermediate layer and the film adhesive; the manufacturing method comprises the following steps: while heating the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, the film adhesive in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is adhered to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer; The aforementioned semiconductor wafer with a film-like adhesive is cut into the entire area in the thickness direction from the circuit formation surface side to be divided, thereby producing semiconductor chips, and the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is cut into the thickness direction from the aforementioned film-like adhesive side to a region halfway through the aforementioned intermediate layer, and the aforementioned film-like adhesive is cut without cutting into the aforementioned adhesive layer, thereby obtaining a group of semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive in which a plurality of semiconductor chips with a film-like adhesive are neatly arranged on the aforementioned intermediate layer; and the aforementioned semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive is pulled off from the aforementioned intermediate layer and picked up (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 1" in this specification).
另一實施形態之具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法包含下述步驟:於半導體裝置製造用片的前述膜狀接著劑之露出面,貼附多個前述半導體晶片整齊排列之狀態的半導體晶片群的內面,獲得將前述基材、前述黏著劑層、前述中間層、前述膜狀接著劑及前述半導體晶片群依序積層而構成之積層物之步驟;切斷前述膜狀接著劑,獲得具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之步驟;以及自前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述中間層扯離前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片並拾取之步驟。Another embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film-like adhesive includes the following steps: attaching the inner surface of a semiconductor chip group in which a plurality of the aforementioned semiconductor chips are neatly arranged to the exposed surface of the aforementioned film-like adhesive of a sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, thereby obtaining a laminate consisting of the aforementioned substrate, the aforementioned adhesive layer, the aforementioned intermediate layer, the aforementioned film-like adhesive, and the aforementioned semiconductor chip group stacked in sequence; cutting the aforementioned film-like adhesive to obtain the semiconductor chip with the film-like adhesive; and pulling the aforementioned semiconductor chip with the film-like adhesive off from the aforementioned substrate, the aforementioned adhesive layer, and the aforementioned intermediate layer and picking it up.
圖6係用以示意性地說明作為半導體裝置製造用片之使用對象的半導體晶片的製造方法之一例的剖面圖,表示藉由進行伴隨半導體晶圓中之改質層形成的切割,而製造半導體晶片之情形。 圖7係用以示意性地說明半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之另一例的剖面圖,表示將半導體裝置製造用片貼附於半導體晶片後使用之情形。該方法中,將半導體裝置製造用片用作黏晶片。此處,列舉圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片101為例,對該半導體裝置製造用片101的使用方法進行說明。FIG6 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, which is used as a sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices. The view shows how a semiconductor wafer is manufactured by dicing accompanied by the formation of a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer. FIG7 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method for using a sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices. The view shows how the sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices is attached to a semiconductor wafer and then used. In this method, the sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices is used as a wafer adhesive. Here, the method for using the sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices 101 shown in FIG1 is used as an example.
首先,於使用半導體裝置製造用片101之前,如圖6A所示,準備半導體晶圓9’,於該半導體晶圓9’的電路形成面9a’貼附背面研磨帶(有時亦稱為「表面保護帶」)8。 圖6中,符號W9’ 表示半導體晶圓9’之寬度。First, before using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, as shown in FIG6A, a semiconductor wafer 9' is prepared and a back grinding tape (sometimes also called "surface protection tape") 8 is attached to the circuit forming surface 9a' of the semiconductor wafer 9'. In FIG6, the symbol W9 ' represents the width of the semiconductor wafer 9'.
繼而,以聚焦於設定於半導體晶圓9’的內部之焦點之方式照射雷射光(圖示省略),藉此如圖6B所示,於半導體晶圓9’的內部形成改質層90’。 前述雷射光較佳為自半導體晶圓9’的內面9b’側照射於半導體晶圓9’。Next, laser light (not shown) is irradiated onto the semiconductor wafer 9' by focusing it at a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9', thereby forming a modified layer 90' inside the semiconductor wafer 9' as shown in Figure 6B. The laser light is preferably irradiated onto the semiconductor wafer 9' from the inner surface 9b' side of the semiconductor wafer 9'.
此時之焦點之位置為半導體晶圓9’之分割(切割)預定位置,以由半導體晶圓9’獲得目標大小、形狀及個數之半導體晶片之方式設定。The focus position at this time is the predetermined position for dividing (cutting) the semiconductor wafer 9', and is set in such a way that semiconductor chips of target size, shape and number are obtained from the semiconductor wafer 9'.
繼而,使用研磨機(圖示省略)磨削半導體晶圓9’之內面9b’。藉此,將半導體晶圓9’之厚度調節為目標值,並且藉由利用此時施加於半導體晶圓9’之磨削時之力,於改質層90’的形成部位分割半導體晶圓9’,如圖6C所示般製作多個半導體晶片9。Next, a grinder (not shown) is used to grind the inner surface 9b' of the semiconductor wafer 9'. This adjusts the thickness of the semiconductor wafer 9' to the target value. The grinding force applied to the semiconductor wafer 9' is then utilized to separate the semiconductor wafer 9' at the location where the modified layer 90' is to be formed, thereby producing a plurality of semiconductor chips 9 as shown in FIG6C .
半導體晶圓9’的改質層90’係與半導體晶圓9’的其他部位不同,藉由雷射光之照射而變質,強度變弱。因此,藉由對形成有改質層90’之半導體晶圓9’施加力,而對改質層90’施加力,於該改質層90’之部位半導體晶圓9’破裂,可獲得多個半導體晶片9。Unlike other areas of the semiconductor wafer 9', the modified layer 90' of the semiconductor wafer 9' is altered by the laser beam, weakening its strength. Therefore, by applying force to the semiconductor wafer 9' having the modified layer 90' formed thereon, the semiconductor wafer 9' is fractured at the location of the modified layer 90', thereby obtaining multiple semiconductor chips 9.
藉由以上操作,而獲得作為半導體裝置製造用片101之使用對象之半導體晶片9。更具體而言,藉由該步驟,而獲得於背面研磨帶8上整齊排列地固定有多個半導體晶片9之狀態之半導體晶片群901。Through the above operation, the semiconductor wafer 9 to be used as the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is obtained. More specifically, through this step, a semiconductor wafer group 901 is obtained in which a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9 are fixed in an orderly manner on the back grinding tape 8.
於將半導體晶片群901自上方向下看而俯視時,將半導體晶片群901的最外側之部位連結而形成之平面形狀(本說明書中,有時將此種平面形狀簡稱為「半導體晶片群之平面形狀」)係與將半導體晶圓9’同樣地俯視時之平面形狀完全相同,或者這些平面形狀彼此之差異點輕微至可忽視之程度,且可謂半導體晶片群901的前述平面形狀與半導體晶圓9’的前述平面形狀大致相同。 因此,半導體晶片群901的前述平面形狀之寬度如圖6C所示,被視為與半導體晶圓9’之寬度W9’ 相同。而且,半導體晶片群901之前述平面形狀之寬度之最大值被視為與半導體晶圓9’之寬度W9’ 之最大值相同。When semiconductor chip cluster 901 is viewed from above, the planar shape formed by connecting the outermost portions of semiconductor chip cluster 901 (in this specification, this planar shape is sometimes referred to as the "planar shape of the semiconductor chip cluster") is identical to the planar shape of semiconductor wafer 9' when viewed from above in the same manner, or the difference between these planar shapes is negligible. In other words, the planar shape of semiconductor chip cluster 901 and the planar shape of semiconductor wafer 9' are substantially identical. Therefore, the width of the planar shape of semiconductor chip cluster 901, as shown in FIG6C , is considered to be the same as the width W 9 ' of semiconductor wafer 9'. Furthermore, the maximum value of the width of the aforementioned planar shape of the semiconductor chip group 901 is considered to be the same as the maximum value of the width W 9 ′ of the semiconductor wafer 9 ′.
再者,此處表示了由半導體晶圓9’依照目的來製作半導體晶片9之情形,但視半導體晶圓9’的內面9b’之磨削時之條件不同,有時於半導體晶圓9’的一部分區域中未分割為半導體晶片9。Furthermore, here, the semiconductor wafer 9' is shown as being used to produce the semiconductor chip 9 according to the purpose. However, depending on the conditions when grinding the inner surface 9b' of the semiconductor wafer 9', sometimes a part of the semiconductor wafer 9' is not divided into the semiconductor chip 9.
繼而,使用上述所得之半導體晶片9(半導體晶片群901),製造具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。 首先,如圖7A所示,一邊將移除剝離膜15之狀態的一片半導體裝置製造用片101加熱,一邊將該半導體裝置製造用片101中的膜狀接著劑14貼附於半導體晶片群901中的所有半導體晶片9的內面9b。此時之膜狀接著劑14之貼附對象亦可為未完全分割之半導體晶圓。Next, using the semiconductor chips 9 (semiconductor chip group 901) obtained above, semiconductor chips with film adhesive are manufactured. First, as shown in FIG7A , while heating a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 with the release film 15 removed, the film adhesive 14 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is adhered to the inner surfaces 9b of all semiconductor chips 9 in the semiconductor chip group 901. In this case, the film adhesive 14 can also be adhered to an incompletely separated semiconductor wafer.
半導體裝置製造用片101中的中間層13之寬度W13 之最大值、及膜狀接著劑14之寬度W14 之最大值均與半導體晶圓9’之寬度W9’ (換言之,半導體晶片群901之寬度)之最大值完全相同,或者雖不同但誤差輕微而基本上同等。The maximum width W13 of the intermediate layer 13 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 and the maximum width W14 of the film adhesive 14 are exactly the same as the maximum width W9' of the semiconductor wafer 9 ' (in other words, the width of the semiconductor chip group 901), or are different but with slight errors and are basically the same.
此時對半導體晶片群901貼附膜狀接著劑14(半導體裝置製造用片101)除了使用半導體晶片群901代替半導體晶圓9’之方面以外,可利用與前述製造方法1中的對半導體晶圓9’貼附膜狀接著劑14(半導體裝置製造用片101)之情形相同之方法進行。At this time, the film adhesive 14 (semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101) is attached to the semiconductor chip group 901 by the same method as the aforementioned manufacturing method 1 in which the film adhesive 14 (semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101) is attached to the semiconductor wafer 9', except that the semiconductor chip group 901 is used instead of the semiconductor wafer 9'.
繼而,自該固定狀態之半導體晶片群901移除背面研磨帶8。然後,如圖7B所示,將半導體裝置製造用片101一邊冷卻,一邊沿相對於該半導體裝置製造用片101的表面(例如黏著劑層12的第一面12a)呈平行之方向上拉伸,藉此進行擴展。此處,以箭頭E1 表示半導體裝置製造用片101之擴展方向。藉由如此擴展,而沿著半導體晶片9的外周切斷膜狀接著劑14。Next, the back grinding tape 8 is removed from the fixed semiconductor wafer group 901. Then, as shown in FIG7B , the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is stretched in a direction parallel to the surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 (e.g., the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12) while cooling. The direction of expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is indicated by arrow E1 . This expansion cuts the film adhesive 14 along the periphery of the semiconductor wafer 9.
藉由該步驟,可獲得多個具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914,該多個具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914具備半導體晶片9、及設置於該半導體晶片9的內面9b之切斷後之膜狀接著劑140。這些具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914成為於積層片10中的中間層13上整齊排列地固定之狀態,構成具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群910。 此處所得之具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914及具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群910均與藉由上文所說明之製造方法1獲得的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914及具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群910實質上相同。This step yields a plurality of semiconductor chips 914 with film adhesive. Each of the semiconductor chips 914 includes a semiconductor chip 9 and a cut film adhesive 140 disposed on the inner surface 9b of the semiconductor chip 9. These semiconductor chips 914 with film adhesive are neatly aligned and fixed on the intermediate layer 13 of the laminate 10, forming a semiconductor chip group 910 with film adhesive. The semiconductor chip 914 with a film-like adhesive and the semiconductor chip group 910 with a film-like adhesive obtained here are substantially the same as the semiconductor chip 914 with a film-like adhesive and the semiconductor chip group 910 with a film-like adhesive obtained by the manufacturing method 1 described above.
如上文所說明,於半導體晶圓9’之分割時,於半導體晶圓9’之一部分區域中未分割為半導體晶片9之情形時,藉由進行該步驟,該區域被分割為半導體晶片。As described above, when the semiconductor wafer 9' is divided, if a part of the semiconductor wafer 9' is not divided into semiconductor chips 9, the part is divided into semiconductor chips by performing this step.
前述半導體裝置製造用片亦可用於下述冷擴展:藉由將前述半導體裝置製造用片於較常溫更低之溫度,沿相對於前述半導體裝置製造用片平面呈平行之方向上擴展,來切斷前述膜狀接著劑。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」,意指不特別冷或熱之溫度,亦即平常之溫度,例如可列舉15℃至25℃之溫度等。 半導體裝置製造用片101較佳為將溫度設為-5℃以上至未達23℃而進行擴展,更佳為設為-5℃至5℃而進行擴展。藉由將半導體裝置製造用片101如此加以冷卻而擴展(進行冷擴展),而能夠更容易且高精度地切斷膜狀接著劑14。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can also be used for cold expansion as follows: by expanding the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at a temperature lower than room temperature in a direction parallel to the plane of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, the film adhesive can be cut. In this specification, "room temperature" refers to a temperature that is neither particularly cold nor hot, i.e., a normal temperature, such as 15°C to 25°C. The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is preferably expanded at a temperature of -5°C or higher but less than 23°C, more preferably at a temperature of -5°C to 5°C. By cooling and expanding the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 in this manner (performing cold expansion), the film adhesive 14 can be cut more easily and with high precision.
半導體裝置製造用片101之擴展可利用公知之方法進行。例如,將半導體裝置製造用片101中的黏著劑層12的第一面12a中未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之周緣部附近之區域(前述非積層區域)固定於環形框架等治具(圖示省略)後,將半導體裝置製造用片101的積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之區域整體於自基材11朝向黏著劑層12之方向上自基材11側頂起,藉此可將半導體裝置製造用片101加以擴展。The semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 can be expanded using known methods. For example, after securing the area near the periphery of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 where the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 are not deposited (the aforementioned non-deposited area) to a jig such as a ring frame (not shown), the entire area of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 where the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 are deposited is raised from the side of the substrate 11 in a direction from the substrate 11 toward the adhesive layer 12, thereby expanding the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101.
圖7B中,黏著劑層12的第一面12a中未積層有中間層13及膜狀接著劑14之前述非積層區域相對於中間層13的第一面13a而大致平行,但於如上文所述般藉由半導體裝置製造用片101之頂起而擴展之狀態下,前述非積層區域包含傾斜面,該傾斜面之高度隨著接近黏著劑層12的外周而往與上述頂起方向相反的方向下降。In FIG7B , the non-laminated region on the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 where the intermediate layer 13 and the film-like adhesive 14 are not laminated is generally parallel to the first surface 13a of the intermediate layer 13. However, when expanded by the lifting of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 as described above, the non-laminated region includes an inclined surface, the height of which decreases in a direction opposite to the lifting direction as it approaches the periphery of the adhesive layer 12.
該步驟中,藉由半導體裝置製造用片101具備中間層13(換言之,切斷前的膜狀接著劑14設置於中間層13上),而將膜狀接著劑14於目標部位(換言之,沿著半導體晶片9的外周)高精度地切斷,能夠抑制切斷不良。In this step, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 is provided with an intermediate layer 13 (in other words, the film adhesive 14 before cutting is provided on the intermediate layer 13), and the film adhesive 14 is cut with high precision at the target position (in other words, along the periphery of the semiconductor chip 9), thereby suppressing cutting defects.
擴展後,如圖7C所示,將具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914自積層片10中的中間層13扯離並拾取。 此時之拾取可利用與上文所說明之製造方法1中的拾取相同之方法進行,拾取適性亦與製造方法1中的拾取適性同樣。After expansion, as shown in FIG7C , the semiconductor chip 914 with the film adhesive is pulled off the intermediate layer 13 in the laminate 10 and picked up. The picking up process can be performed using the same method as described above in the first manufacturing method, and the picking up suitability is also the same as that in the first manufacturing method.
例如,該步驟中,亦於中間層13的第一面13a中前述矽濃度之比率為1%至20%之情形時,可更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914。另外,於中間層13例如含有作為前述非矽系樹脂之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、及作為前述添加劑之矽氧烷系化合物,中間層中的乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為90質量%至99.99質量%,且中間層中的前述矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率為0.01質量%至10質量%之情形時,可更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片914。For example, in this step, when the silicon concentration ratio on the first surface 13a of the intermediate layer 13 is 1% to 20%, the semiconductor chip 914 with the film adhesive can be more easily picked up. In addition, when the intermediate layer 13 contains, for example, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer as the non-silicone resin and a siloxane compound as the additive, and the ratio of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer content in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is 90% to 99.99% by mass, and the ratio of the siloxane compound content in the intermediate layer to the total mass of the intermediate layer is 0.01% to 10% by mass, the semiconductor chip 914 with the film adhesive can be more easily picked up.
到此為止所說明之前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法中,作為較佳實施形態,例如可列舉下述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片的製造方法,上述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片係具備半導體晶片、及設置於前述半導體晶片的內面之膜狀接著劑,並且前述半導體裝置製造用片係具備前述基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑;且前述製造方法具有下述步驟:藉由以聚焦於設定於半導體晶圓的內部之焦點之方式照射雷射光,而於前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層之步驟;將形成前述改質層後之前述半導體晶圓的內面加以磨削,並且藉由利用施加於前述半導體晶圓之磨削時之力,於前述改質層之形成部位分割前述半導體晶圓,獲得多個半導體晶片整齊排列之狀態之半導體晶片群之步驟;一邊將前述半導體裝置製造用片加熱,一邊將該半導體裝置製造用片中的膜狀接著劑貼附於前述半導體晶片群中的所有半導體晶片的內面之步驟;將貼附於前述半導體晶片後之前述半導體裝置製造用片一邊冷卻,一邊於較常溫更低之溫度沿相對於該半導體裝置製造用片的表面呈平行之方向上拉伸,藉此將前述膜狀接著劑沿著前述半導體晶片的外周加以切斷,獲得多個前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片於前述中間層上整齊排列之狀態的具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群之步驟;以及自前述中間層扯離前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片並拾取之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法2」)。In the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive described above, as a preferred embodiment, the following method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a film adhesive can be cited, wherein the above-mentioned semiconductor chip with a film adhesive comprises a semiconductor chip and a film adhesive disposed on the inner surface of the above-mentioned semiconductor chip, and the above-mentioned sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprises the above-mentioned substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer and film adhesive. The manufacturing method comprises the following steps: forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer by irradiating laser light in a manner focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer; grinding the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer after forming the modified layer, and dividing the semiconductor wafer at the formation portion of the modified layer by utilizing the force applied to the semiconductor wafer during grinding to obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers. The steps of forming a semiconductor chip group in a state where semiconductor chips are neatly arranged; heating the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet while attaching the film adhesive in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet to the inner surface of all semiconductor chips in the aforementioned semiconductor chip group; cooling the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet after being attached to the aforementioned semiconductor chip while cooling the aforementioned semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at a temperature lower than room temperature along the direction relative to the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. The method further comprises the steps of stretching the film-like adhesive in a direction parallel to the surface of the sheet to cut the film-like adhesive along the periphery of the semiconductor chip to obtain a group of semiconductor chips with film-like adhesive in which a plurality of semiconductor chips with film-like adhesive are neatly arranged on the intermediate layer; and pulling the semiconductor chips with film-like adhesive off the intermediate layer and picking them up (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 2" in this specification).
到此為止,製造方法1及製造方法2的任一情形均列舉圖1所示之半導體裝置製造用片101為例而對使用方法進行了說明,但除此以外之本實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片亦可同樣地使用。於該情形時,亦可視需要基於該半導體裝置製造用片與半導體裝置製造用片101之構成之不同點而適當追加其他步驟,使用半導體裝置製造用片。Thus far, both Manufacturing Method 1 and Manufacturing Method 2 have been described using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101 shown in FIG. 1 as an example. However, other semiconductor device manufacturing sheets according to the present embodiment can also be used in the same manner. In such cases, additional steps may be added as needed based on the differences in the structure of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 101, and the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet can be used.
不限於製造方法1及製造方法2之情形,於獲得前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群後,亦可於拾取前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片之前,將前述積層片沿相對於前述黏著劑層的前述中間層側之面(第一面)呈平行之方向上擴展,進而維持該狀態,將前述積層片中未載置前述具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片(具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群)的周緣部加熱。 藉由如此設定,而可使前述周緣部收縮,並且於前述積層片上,保持鄰接之半導體晶片間之距離、亦即切口寬度(kerf width)充分寬且均勻性高。而且,可更容易地拾取具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片。 [實施例]Not limited to the cases of manufacturing methods 1 and 2, after obtaining the group of semiconductor chips with film adhesive, and before picking up the semiconductor chips with film adhesive, the laminate sheet can be expanded in a direction parallel to the surface (first surface) of the intermediate layer side relative to the adhesive layer. This state can then be maintained while heating the peripheral portion of the laminate sheet where the semiconductor chips with film adhesive (group of semiconductor chips with film adhesive) are not placed. This configuration allows the peripheral portion to shrink, and the distance between adjacent semiconductor chips on the laminate sheet, i.e., the kerf width, can be kept sufficiently wide and uniform. Furthermore, semiconductor chips with film-type adhesives can be more easily picked up. [Example]
以下,藉由具體實施例對本發明加以更詳細說明。然而,本發明不受以下所示之實例之任何限定。The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to specific embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments.
[接著劑組成物之製造原料] 將用於製造接著劑組成物之原料示於以下。 [聚合物成分(a)] (a)-1:將丙烯酸甲酯(95質量份)及丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯(5質量份)加以共聚合而成之丙烯酸樹脂(重量平均分子量800000,玻璃轉移溫度9℃)。 [環氧樹脂(b1)] (b1)-1:加成有丙烯醯基之甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(日本化藥公司製造之「CNA147」,環氧當量518g/eq,數量平均分子量2100,不飽和基含量係與環氧基等量)。 [熱硬化劑(b2)] (b2)-1:芳烷基型酚樹脂(三井化學公司製造之「Milex XLC-4L」,數量平均分子量1100,軟化點63℃) [填充材(d)] (d)-1:球狀二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製造之「YA050C-MJE」,平均粒徑50nm,甲基丙烯酸矽烷處理品) [偶合劑(e)] (e)-1:矽烷偶合劑,3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷(信越聚矽氧公司製造之「KBE-402」) [交聯劑(f)] (f)-1:甲苯二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(東曹(Tosoh)公司製造之「Coronate L」) [抗靜電劑(g)] (g)-1:還原型氧化石墨烯(Angstrom Material公司製造之「N002-PDR」)[Raw Materials for Adhesive Composition Production] The raw materials used to produce the adhesive composition are shown below. [Polymer Component (a)] (a)-1: Acrylic resin (weight-average molecular weight 800,000, glass transition temperature 9°C) copolymerized with methyl acrylate (95 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (5 parts by mass). [Epoxy Resin (b1)] (b1)-1: Cresol novolac-type epoxy resin with an acryl group added ("CNA147" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent weight 518 g/eq, number-average molecular weight 2100, unsaturated group content equal to epoxy group content). [Thermosetting Agent (b2)] (b2)-1: Aryl alkyl phenolic resin (Milex XLC-4L manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, number average molecular weight 1100, softening point 63°C) [Filler (d)] (d)-1: Spherical silica (YA050C-MJE manufactured by Admatechs, average particle size 50 nm, methacrylate-treated silane) [Coupling Agent (e)] (e)-1: Silane coupling agent, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane (KBE-402 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Polysilicone) [Crosslinking Agent (f)] (f)-1: Toluene diisocyanate crosslinking agent (Coronate L”) [Antistatic Agent (g)] (g)-1: Reduced graphene oxide ("N002-PDR" manufactured by Angstrom Materials)
[實施例1] [半導體裝置製造用片之製造] [基材之製造] 使用擠出機,使低密度聚乙烯(LDPE,住友化學公司製造「Sumikasen L705」)熔融,藉由T字模法擠出熔融物,使用冷卻輥將擠出物於雙軸加以延伸,藉此獲得LDPE製之基材(厚度110μm)。[Example 1] [Production of a Sheet for Semiconductor Device Manufacturing] [Production of a Substrate] Low-density polyethylene (LDPE, "Sumikasen L705" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) was melted using an extruder. The melt was extruded using a T-die method. The extrudate was then stretched biaxially using cooling rolls to produce an LDPE substrate (110 μm thick).
[黏著劑層之製作] 製造非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,該非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物含有作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之丙烯酸樹脂(東洋化學(Toyo-Chem)公司製造之「Oribain BPS 6367X」)(100質量份)、及交聯劑(東洋化學(Toyo-Chem)公司製造之「BXX 5640」)(1質量份)。[Preparation of Adhesive Layer] A non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition was prepared. The non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition contained an acrylic resin ("Oribain BPS 6367X" manufactured by Toyo-Chem) (100 parts by mass) as an adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent ("BXX 5640" manufactured by Toyo-Chem) (1 part by mass).
繼而,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜,於前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所得之黏著劑組成物,於100℃加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此製作非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層(厚度10μm)。Next, a release film of polyethylene terephthalate film with a silicone-treated release layer on one side was used. The adhesive composition obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes to produce a non-energy ray-curable adhesive layer (10 μm thick).
[中間層之製作] 於常溫下,使乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA,重量平均分子量30000,自乙酸-乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量25質量%)(15g)溶解於四氫呋喃85g,於所得之溶液添加矽氧烷系化合物(聚二甲基矽氧烷,日本畢克化學(BYK Chemie Japan)公司製造之「BYK-333」,一分子中之式「-Si(-CH3 )2 -O-」所表示之構成單元之數為45至230)(1.5g),進行攪拌,藉此製作中間層形成用組成物。[Preparation of the Intermediate Layer] 15 g of ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA, weight-average molecular weight 30,000, content of constituent units derived from vinyl acetate 25% by mass) was dissolved in 85 g of tetrahydrofuran at room temperature. 1.5 g of a siloxane compound (polydimethylsiloxane, BYK-333 manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan, containing 45 to 230 constituent units of the formula "-Si(-CH 3 ) 2 -O-" per molecule) was added to the resulting solution and stirred to prepare a composition for forming the intermediate layer.
使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜,於前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所得之中間層形成用組成物,於70℃加熱乾燥5分鐘,藉此製作中間層(厚度20μm)。A polyethylene terephthalate film having one side treated with silicone for release was used. The intermediate layer-forming composition obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface and dried at 70°C for 5 minutes to prepare an intermediate layer (20 μm thick).
[膜狀接著劑之製作] 製造熱硬化性之接著劑組成物,該熱硬化性之接著劑組成物含有聚合物成分(a)-1(100質量份)、環氧樹脂(b1)-1(10質量份)、熱硬化劑(b2)-1(1.5質量份)、填充材(d)-1(75質量份)、偶合劑(e)-1(0.5質量份)、交聯劑(f)-1(0.5質量份)及抗靜電劑(g)-1(5.6質量份)。[Preparation of Film Adhesive] A thermosetting adhesive composition was prepared, comprising a polymer component (a)-1 (100 parts by mass), an epoxy resin (b1)-1 (10 parts by mass), a thermosetting agent (b2)-1 (1.5 parts by mass), a filler (d)-1 (75 parts by mass), a coupling agent (e)-1 (0.5 parts by mass), a crosslinking agent (f)-1 (0.5 parts by mass), and an antistatic agent (g)-1 (5.6 parts by mass).
繼而,使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜,於前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所得之接著劑組成物,於80℃加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此製作熱硬化性之膜狀接著劑(厚度7μm)。Next, a release film of polyethylene terephthalate film with one side treated with polysilicone was used. The adhesive composition obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface and dried at 80°C for 2 minutes to produce a thermosetting film-like adhesive (7 μm thick).
[半導體裝置製造用片之製造] 將上述所得之黏著劑層中的與具備剝離膜之側為相反側之露出面來和上述所得之基材的一表面加以貼合,藉此製作具剝離膜之第一中間積層體(換言之,具剝離膜之支撐片)。 將上述所得之膜狀接著劑中的與具備剝離膜之側為相反側之露出面來和上述所得之中間層中的與具備剝離膜之側為相反側之露出面貼合,製作具剝離膜之第二中間積層體(剝離膜、中間層、膜狀接著劑及剝離膜之積層物)。[Production of a Sheet for Semiconductor Device Manufacturing] The exposed surface of the adhesive layer obtained above, opposite to the side with the release film, is bonded to one surface of the substrate obtained above, thereby producing a first intermediate laminate having a release film (in other words, a support sheet having a release film). The exposed surface of the film-like adhesive obtained above, opposite to the side with the release film, is bonded to the exposed surface of the intermediate layer obtained above, opposite to the side with the release film, to produce a second intermediate laminate having a release film (a laminate of the release film, intermediate layer, film-like adhesive, and release film).
繼而,針對該具剝離膜之第二中間積層體,使用圓環狀之切斷刀自中間層側之剝離膜進行衝壓加工至膜狀接著劑為止。衝壓部位之形狀為自第二中間積層體之中心部的圓環狀(圓環之內徑152.5mm、外徑186.75mm)。繼而,將經衝壓之圓環狀之部分(中間層、膜狀接著劑及剝離膜之積層體)去除。所去除之圓環狀之部分相當於半導體裝置製造用片的溝槽的一部分。所去除之圓環狀之部分的內側相當於半導體裝置製造用片的標籤部。如此,製作具剝離膜之第二中間積層體加工物,該具剝離膜之第二中間積層體加工物係於膜狀接著劑側之剝離膜上將平面形狀為圓形(直徑305mm)之膜狀接著劑(厚度7μm)、中間層(厚度20μm)及剝離膜依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成。Next, a circular cutting blade is used to punch the second intermediate laminate with the release film, from the release film on the intermediate layer side to the film adhesive. The punching area is a circular ring (with an inner diameter of 152.5 mm and an outer diameter of 186.75 mm) extending from the center of the second intermediate laminate. The punched portion (intermediate layer, film adhesive, and release film) is then removed. This removed portion corresponds to a portion of the trench in the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer. The inner side of the removed annular portion corresponds to the label portion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. In this manner, a second intermediate multilayer product with a release film is produced. The second intermediate multilayer product with a release film is constructed by laminating a circular (305 mm diameter) film adhesive (7 μm thick), an intermediate layer (20 μm thick), and a release film in this order in the thickness direction of the release film on the film adhesive side.
繼而,自上述所得之具剝離膜之第一中間積層體(支撐片)移除剝離膜,使黏著劑層的一面露出。 進而,自上述所得之具剝離膜之第二中間積層體加工物移除圓形之剝離膜,使中間層的一面露出。 繼而,將第一中間積層體中的黏著劑層的新生成之露出面來和第二中間積層體加工物中的中間層的新生成之露出面加以貼合。針對藉此所得之積層物中的基材、黏著劑層(亦即支撐片)、中間層及膜狀接著劑,以這些(支撐片)之平面形狀成為圓形(直徑370mm)、且與圓形之膜狀接著劑及中間層成為同心圓狀之方式,使用圓環狀(圓環之內徑370mm)之切斷刀自基材側進行衝壓加工。將經衝壓之圓環狀之部分(基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑之積層體)去除。所去除之圓環狀之部分相當於半導體裝置製造用片的溝槽的一部分。圓環狀之部分的外側相當於半導體裝置製造用片的外周部。 藉由以上操作,而獲得半導體裝置製造用片,該半導體裝置製造用片係於剝離膜上具有將基材(厚度110μm)、黏著劑層(厚度10μm)、中間層(厚度20μm)及膜狀接著劑(厚度7μm)依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之標籤部及外周部。Next, the release film is removed from the first intermediate laminate (support sheet) with the release film, exposing one side of the adhesive layer. Furthermore, the circular release film is removed from the second intermediate laminate with the release film, exposing one side of the intermediate layer. Then, the newly exposed surface of the adhesive layer in the first intermediate laminate is bonded to the newly exposed surface of the intermediate layer in the second intermediate laminate. The resulting laminate, consisting of the substrate, adhesive layer (also known as the support sheet), interlayer, and film adhesive, is punched from the substrate side using a circular cutting blade (with an inner diameter of 370mm) so that the support sheet forms a circular shape (370mm in diameter) and is concentric with the circular film adhesive and interlayer. The punched annular portion (the laminate consisting of the substrate, adhesive layer, interlayer, and film adhesive) is removed. This removed annular portion corresponds to a portion of the trench in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. The outer side of the annular portion corresponds to the outer periphery of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet. Through the above operation, a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet was obtained. This semiconductor device manufacturing sheet has a label portion and an outer periphery formed on a release film by laminating a substrate (110 μm thick), an adhesive layer (10 μm thick), an intermediate layer (20 μm thick), and a film-like adhesive (7 μm thick) in this order in the thickness direction.
[半導體裝置製造用片之評價] [中間層的膜狀接著劑側之面中的矽濃度的比率之算出] 於上述半導體裝置製造用片之製造過程中,針對與黏著劑層貼合之前的階段之中間層的露出面,藉由XPS進行分析,測定碳(C)、氧(O)、氮(N)及矽(Si)之濃度(atomic %),根據測定值求出矽之濃度相對於碳、氧、氮及矽之合計濃度的比率(%)。 XPS分析係使用X射線光電子分光分析裝置(愛發科(Ulvac)公司製造之「Quantra SXM」),以照射角度45°、X射線束徑20μmφ、輸出4.5W之條件進行。將結果與其他元素之濃度的比率(%)一併顯示於表1中的「中間層之元素濃度的比率(%)」之欄。[Evaluation of Semiconductor Device Manufacturing Sheets] [Calculation of the Silicon Concentration Ratio on the Film Adhesive Side of the Interlayer] During the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet described above, the exposed surface of the interlayer, prior to lamination with the adhesive layer, was analyzed by XPS. The concentrations of carbon (C), oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), and silicon (Si) (atomic %) were measured. Based on the measured values, the ratio (%) of the silicon concentration to the combined concentration of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and silicon was calculated. XPS analysis was performed using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (Quantra SXM, manufactured by Ulvac) at an irradiation angle of 45°, an X-ray beam diameter of 20μmφ, and an output of 4.5W. The results are shown together with the ratios (%) of the concentrations of other elements in the "Ratios (%) of element concentrations in the middle layer" column in Table 1.
[刀片切割時之切削屑之產生抑制效果之評價] [具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群之製造] 於上述所得之半導體裝置製造用片中,移除剝離膜。 使用內面經乾式拋光進行了研磨之矽晶圓(直徑300mm,厚度75μm),於該矽晶圓之內面(研磨面),使用貼帶機(琳得科(Lintec)公司製造之「Adwill RAD2500」),將上述半導體裝置製造用片一邊加熱至60℃,一邊藉由該半導體裝置製造用片的膜狀接著劑進行貼附。藉此,獲得將基材、黏著劑層、中間層、膜狀接著劑及矽晶圓依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之積層物(將前述積層片、膜狀接著劑及矽晶圓依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之積層物)。[Evaluation of the Effect of Suppressing Chip Generation During Blade Dicing] [Manufacturing of Silicon Wafers with Film Adhesive] The release film was removed from the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer obtained above. A silicon wafer (300 mm diameter, 75 μm thickness) whose inner surface had been dry-polished was used. Using a taping machine ("Adwill RAD2500" manufactured by Lintec), the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer was heated to 60°C while being bonded to the inner surface (polished surface) of the wafer using the film adhesive. Thus, a laminate is obtained in which the substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer, film adhesive and silicon wafer are sequentially stacked in the thickness direction thereof (a laminate is obtained in which the aforementioned laminate sheet, film adhesive and silicon wafer are sequentially stacked in the thickness direction thereof).
繼而,將前述積層物中的黏著劑層的第一面中未設有中間層之周緣部附近之區域(前述非積層區域)固定於晶圓切割用環形框架。繼而,使用切割裝置(迪思科(Disco)公司製造之「DFD6361」)進行切割,藉此分割矽晶圓,並且亦切斷膜狀接著劑,獲得大小為8mm×8mm之矽晶片。此時之切割係藉由下述方式進行:將刀片之旋轉速度設為30000rpm、刀片之移動速度設為30mm/sec,針對半導體裝置製造用片,利用刀片自該半導體裝置製造用片的膜狀接著劑的矽晶圓貼附面切入至中間層的中途之區域為止(亦即,膜狀接著劑之厚度方向的整個區域、及中間層的自膜狀接著劑側之面起至中途之區域為止)。作為刀片,使用迪思科(Disco)公司製造之「Z05-SD2000-D1-90 CC」。藉由以上操作,獲得下述狀態的具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群:具備矽晶片、及設置於該矽晶片的內面之切斷後之膜狀接著劑的多數個具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片藉由膜狀接著劑而於前述積層片中的中間層上整齊排列地固定。Next, the area near the periphery of the first surface of the adhesive layer in the laminate, where the intermediate layer is not provided (the aforementioned non-laminated area), was fixed to a ring frame for wafer dicing. Next, dicing was performed using a dicing device (Disco's "DFD6361"), thereby separating the silicon wafer and also severing the film adhesive, resulting in 8mm x 8mm silicon chips. The dicing was performed as follows: the blade rotation speed was set to 30,000 rpm and the blade movement speed was set to 30 mm/sec. The blade was used to cut the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer from the film adhesive surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer to the midway area of the intermediate layer (that is, the entire area in the thickness direction of the film adhesive and the area from the film adhesive side surface to the midway area of the intermediate layer). The blade used was the "Z05-SD2000-D1-90 CC" manufactured by Disco. By the above operation, a group of silicon wafers with film adhesives in the following state is obtained: a plurality of silicon wafers with film adhesives having a silicon wafer and a film adhesive disposed on the inner surface of the silicon wafer after cutting are neatly arranged and fixed on the middle layer in the aforementioned laminate by the film adhesive.
[切削屑之產生抑制效果之評價] 使用數位顯微鏡(基恩士(Keyence)公司製造之「VH-Z100」),對上述所得之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群自矽晶片側之上方進行觀察,確認有無產生切削屑。而且,於完全未產生切削屑之情形時判定為「A」,於雖為少許但產生了切削屑之情形時判定為「B」。將結果顯示於表1。[Evaluation of Chip Generation Suppression Effect] Using a digital microscope (Keyence VH-Z100), the silicon wafers with the film-like adhesive obtained above were observed from above the wafer side to check for chip generation. A score of "A" indicated no chip generation, while a score of "B" indicated slight chip generation. The results are shown in Table 1.
[擴展時之膜狀接著劑之切斷性之評價] [具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群之製造] 使用平面形狀為圓形、直徑為300mm、厚度為775μm之矽晶圓,於該矽晶圓的一面貼附背面研磨帶(琳得科(Lintec)公司製造之「Adwill E-3100TN」)。 繼而,使用雷射光照射裝置(迪思科(Disco)公司製造之「DFL73161」),以聚焦於設定於該矽晶圓的內部之焦點之方式照射雷射光,藉此於矽晶圓的內部形成改質層。此時,前述焦點係以由該矽晶圓獲得多數個大小為8mm×8mm之矽晶片之方式設定。另外,雷射光係對矽晶圓自另一面(並未貼附背面研磨帶之面)側照射。 繼而,使用研磨機將矽晶圓的前述另一面加以磨削,藉此將矽晶圓之厚度調整為30μm,並且藉由利用此時的施加於矽晶圓之磨削時之力,而於改質層之形成部位分割矽晶圓,製作多個矽晶片。藉此,獲得多個矽晶片於背面研磨帶上整齊排列地固定之狀態之矽晶片群。[Evaluation of the Cutting Properties of Film Adhesives During Expansion] [Manufacturing Silicon Wafers with Film Adhesives] A circular silicon wafer with a diameter of 300 mm and a thickness of 775 μm was used. Back grinding tape (Adwill E-3100TN, manufactured by Lintec) was attached to one side of the wafer. Next, a laser irradiation device (DFL73161, manufactured by Disco) was used to irradiate the wafer with laser light focused on a focal point set within the wafer, thereby forming a modified layer within the wafer. The focal point was set so that a large number of 8 mm x 8 mm silicon chips were obtained from the wafer. Laser light is then applied to the other side of the silicon wafer (the side not attached to the back grinding tape). Then, a grinder is used to grind this other side of the silicon wafer, adjusting its thickness to 30μm. The grinding force is then used to separate the silicon wafer at the site where the modified layer will form, producing multiple silicon wafers. This results in a cluster of silicon wafers neatly aligned and fixed on the back grinding tape.
繼而,使用貼帶機(琳得科(Lintec)公司製造之「Adwill RAD2500」),將上述所得之一片半導體裝置製造用片一邊加熱至60℃,一邊將該半導體裝置製造用片中的膜狀接著劑貼附於所有的前述矽晶片(矽晶片群)的前述另一面(換言之磨削面)。 繼而,將貼附於矽晶片群後之半導體裝置製造用片中的黏著劑層的第一面中未設有中間層之周緣部附近之區域(前述非積層區域)固定於晶圓切割用環形框架。Next, using a taping machine ("Adwill RAD2500" manufactured by Lintec), the obtained semiconductor device manufacturing sheet was heated to 60°C while the film-like adhesive in the sheet was applied to the other side (in other words, the ground surface) of all the silicon wafers (silicon wafer group). After being attached to the silicon wafer group, the area near the periphery of the adhesive layer on the first side of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, where the intermediate layer was not provided (the aforementioned non-laminated area), was fixed to a wafer dicing ring frame.
繼而,自該經固定之狀態之矽晶片群移除背面研磨帶。繼而,使用全自動晶粒分離器(迪思科(Disco)公司製造之「DDS2300」),於0℃之環境下將半導體裝置製造用片一邊冷卻,一邊沿相對於該半導體裝置製造用片的表面呈平行之方向上擴展,藉此將膜狀接著劑沿著矽晶片的外周加以切斷。此時,藉由固定半導體裝置製造用片的周緣部,將半導體裝置製造用片的積層有中間層及膜狀接著劑之區域整體自基材側以15mm之高度頂起,以進行擴展。 藉此,獲得下述狀態之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群:具備矽晶片、及設置於前述另一面(磨削面)的切斷後之膜狀接著劑的多個具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片於中間層上整齊排列地固定。Next, the back grinding tape was removed from the fixed silicon wafer group. Next, using a fully automated die separation machine (Disco's "DDS2300"), the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer was cooled in a 0°C environment while being expanded parallel to the surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer, thereby cutting the film adhesive along the periphery of the silicon wafer. At this time, by fixing the periphery of the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer, the entire area of the semiconductor device manufacturing wafer where the intermediate layer and film adhesive were deposited was raised from the substrate side to a height of 15 mm for expansion. In this way, a group of silicon wafers with film adhesives in the following state is obtained: a plurality of silicon wafers with film adhesives having a silicon wafer and a cut film adhesive disposed on the other surface (grinded surface) are neatly arranged and fixed on the middle layer.
繼而,將上述半導體裝置製造用片之擴展暫且解除後,於常溫下,將基材、黏著劑層及中間層所積層而構成之積層物(亦即前述積層片)於相對於黏著劑層的第一面呈平行之方向上加以擴展。進而,維持該經擴展之狀態,將前述積層片中未載置有具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片的周緣部加熱。藉此,使前述周緣部收縮,並且於前述積層片上將鄰接的矽晶片間之切口寬度保持於一定值以上。After temporarily releasing the expansion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, the laminated product (i.e., the laminated sheet) consisting of the substrate, adhesive layer, and intermediate layer is expanded at room temperature in a direction parallel to the first surface of the adhesive layer. Furthermore, while maintaining this expanded state, the periphery of the laminated sheet, where the silicon wafer with the film-like adhesive is not placed, is heated. This shrinks the periphery, and the width of the kerf between adjacent silicon wafers on the laminated sheet is maintained at or above a certain value.
[膜狀接著劑之切斷性之評價] 於上述具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群之製造時,使用數位顯微鏡(基恩士(Keyence)公司製造之「VH-Z100」),對上述所得之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群自矽晶片側之上方進行觀察。另外,確認下述切斷線的條數,並按照下述評價基準來評價膜狀接著劑之切斷性,上述切斷線為假設藉由半導體裝置製造用片之擴展將膜狀接著劑正常切斷之情形時必定形成的沿著一個方向延伸的多條膜狀接著劑之切斷線、及沿著與該方向正交的方向延伸的多條膜狀接著劑的切斷線中,實際未形成之切斷線、及形成不完全之切斷線。將結果示於表1。 [評價基準] A:實際未形成之膜狀接著劑之切斷線、及形成不完全之膜狀接著劑之切斷線的合計條數為5條以下。 B:實際未形成之膜狀接著劑之切斷線、及形成不完全之膜狀接著劑之切斷線的合計條數為6條以上。[Evaluation of the Cutting Properties of Film Adhesives] During the production of the aforementioned silicon wafer group with film adhesives, the obtained silicon wafer group with film adhesives was observed from above the side of the silicon wafer using a digital microscope ("VH-Z100" manufactured by Keyence). The number of fracture lines that would normally form in a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet due to expansion, including multiple fracture lines extending in one direction and multiple fracture lines extending in a direction perpendicular to that direction, was also determined, and the film adhesive's cutability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. [Evaluation Criteria] A: The total number of fracture lines that would normally form in a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet due to expansion and the number of fracture lines that would normally form in a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet due to expansion and expansion was 5 or fewer. B: The total number of cut lines where the film adhesive was not actually formed and the cut lines where the film adhesive was not completely formed is 6 or more.
[膜狀接著劑之飛散抑制之評價] 於評價上述膜狀接著劑之切斷性時,對具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群自矽晶片側之上方目視觀察。而且,擴展後確認於矽晶片的電路形成面中有無附著飛散之切斷後之膜狀接著劑,按照下述評價基準評價膜狀接著劑之飛散抑制性。將結果顯示於表1。 [評價基準] A:於電路形成面確認到膜狀接著劑之附著的矽晶片之個數為0個。 B:於電路形成面確認到膜狀接著劑之附著的矽晶片之個數為1個以上。[Evaluation of Film Adhesive Scattering Suppression] To evaluate the aforementioned film adhesive's cutting performance, a group of silicon wafers coated with film adhesive were visually inspected from above the wafer side. Furthermore, after expansion, the film adhesive was checked for any scattered adhesion to the circuit-forming surface of the wafers. The film adhesive's scattering suppression performance was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. [Evaluation Criteria] A: The number of silicon wafers with film adhesive adhesion observed on the circuit-forming surface was zero. B: The number of silicon wafers with film adhesive adhesion observed on the circuit-forming surface was one or more.
[中間層之破裂之評價] 於評價上述膜狀接著劑之切斷性時,使用數位顯微鏡(基恩士(Keyence)公司製造之「VH-Z100」),對具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群自矽晶片側之上方進行觀察。而且,確認擴展後中間層有無產生破裂,按照下述評價基準來評價中間層之破裂。將結果顯示於表1。 [評價基準] A:確認到中間層之破裂的具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之個數為0個。 B:確認到中間層之破裂的具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之個數為1個以上。[Evaluation of Interlayer Cracks] To evaluate the cutability of the film adhesive described above, a group of silicon wafers coated with the film adhesive were observed from above the wafer side using a digital microscope (Keyence VH-Z100). Furthermore, the presence of cracks in the interlayer after expansion was confirmed, and the interlayer cracks were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. [Evaluation Criteria] A: The number of silicon wafers coated with the film adhesive with cracks observed was zero. B: The number of silicon wafers coated with the film adhesive with cracks observed was one or more.
[擴展後之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之拾取性之評價] 於評價上述膜狀接著劑之切斷性後,繼而使用具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片群及黏晶裝置(黏合技術(Fasford Technology)公司製造之「PU100」),以頂起高度250μm、頂起速度5mm/s、頂起時間500ms之條件自前述積層片中的中間層拾取具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片。而且,於可正常拾取所有具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之情形時評價為「A」,於無法正常拾取一個以上之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之情形時評價為「B」。將結果顯示於表1。[Evaluation of Pickup Performance of Expanded Film-Adhesive Silicon Wafers] Following the evaluation of the aforementioned film-adhesive cutting performance, a group of film-adhesive silicon wafers and a die-bonding device ("PU100" manufactured by Fasford Technology) were used to pick up film-adhesive silicon wafers from the middle layer of the laminated wafer at a lift height of 250 μm, a lift speed of 5 mm/s, and a lift time of 500 ms. The evaluation was "A" if all film-adhesive silicon wafers could be picked up normally, and "B" if more than one film-adhesive silicon wafer could not be picked up normally. The results are shown in Table 1.
[中間層及膜狀接著劑間之T字剝離強度之測定] 於上述所得之半導體裝置製造用片中,移除剝離膜。 將藉此而生成的半導體裝置製造用片中的膜狀接著劑的露出面之整個面貼合於具有聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯層之黏著帶(琳得科(Lintec)公司製造之「PET50(A) PL thin 8LK」)之黏著面,將所得之積層物以50mm×100mm之大小切出,藉此製作試片。 於該試片中,依據JIS K6854-3,將基材、黏著劑層及中間層之積層物(亦即前述積層片)與膜狀接著劑及黏著帶之積層物撕開,藉此使試片以T字狀進行剝離,採用此時測定之剝離力(mN/50mm)之最大值作為T字剝離強度。此時,將剝離速度設為50mm/min,以23℃、濕度50%RH進行測定。將結果顯示於表1。[Measurement of T-Peel Strength Between Interlayer and Film Adhesive] The release film was removed from the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet obtained above. The entire surface of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, with the film adhesive exposed, was attached to the adhesive surface of an adhesive tape having a polyethylene terephthalate layer ("PET50(A) PL thin 8LK" manufactured by Lintec). The resulting laminate was cut into 50 mm x 100 mm pieces to prepare test pieces. In accordance with JIS K6854-3, the laminate of the substrate, adhesive layer, and intermediate layer (i.e., the laminated sheet) was peeled off from the laminate of the film adhesive and adhesive tape in a T-shaped pattern. The maximum peel force (mN/50mm) measured at this time was used as the T-shaped peel strength. The peel speed was set at 50 mm/min, and the measurements were conducted at 23°C and 50% RH. The results are shown in Table 1.
[輥體之製造] 將上述所製造之半導體裝置製造用片的由基材、黏著劑層、中間層及膜狀接著劑之積層體所構成之標籤部及外周部,於長條狀之剝離膜(長度100m)上連續地於預定之位置(標籤部之圓形之膜狀接著劑的中心間之距離378mm)配置成一列,製造以半導體裝置製造用片的積層有基材之側朝向芯側之方式捲成輥而成之輥體。輥捲繞之方向為長條狀之剝離膜之長邊方向。Roll Production: The label portion and peripheral portion of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, consisting of a laminate of substrate, adhesive layer, intermediate layer, and film adhesive, are arranged in a row on a strip of release film (100m in length) at predetermined positions (the distance between the centers of the circular film adhesive of the label portion is 378mm). The roll is then wound with the substrate-laminated side of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet facing the core. The roll is wound in the direction of the long side of the release film strip.
[半導體裝置製造用片之輥體產生捲取痕跡之評價] 自上述所製造之輥體的芯部開始計數,針對第2片至第5片半導體裝置製造用片,按照下述評價基準目視確認於膜狀接著劑的表面是否產生標籤部之圓形之捲取痕跡(由標籤部之圓形之膜狀接著劑及中間層之高低差所致的形狀之痕跡)。將結果顯示於表1。 [評價基準] A:未確認到捲取痕跡。 B:確認到捲取痕跡。[Evaluation of Roll Marks on Semiconductor Device Manufacturing Sheets] Starting from the core of the roll produced above, the second through fifth semiconductor device manufacturing sheets were visually inspected for the presence of circular roll marks (marks resulting from the difference in height between the circular roll mark and the intermediate layer) on the surface of the film adhesive, according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. [Evaluation Criteria] A: No roll marks observed. B: Roll marks observed.
[實施例2] 使中間層形成用組成物之塗敷量減少,而將中間層之厚度設為3μm代替20μm,除了上述方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。[Example 2] A semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and roll were produced and evaluated using the same method as Example 1, except that the amount of interlayer-forming composition applied was reduced and the thickness of the interlayer was set to 3 μm instead of 20 μm. The results are shown in Table 1.
[實施例3] 使中間層形成用組成物之塗敷量增大,而將中間層之厚度設為100μm代替20μm,除了上述方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。[Example 3] A semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and roll were produced and evaluated using the same method as Example 1, except that the amount of interlayer-forming composition applied was increased and the thickness of the interlayer was set to 100 μm instead of 20 μm. The results are shown in Table 1.
[實施例4] 於中間層形成用組成物之製作時,不添加前述矽氧烷系化合物,將前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之使用量設為16.5g代替15g(換言之,以相同質量之前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物置換前述矽氧烷系化合物,僅使前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物溶解於四氫呋喃),除了上述方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。表1中之添加劑之欄的「-」之記載意指未使用該添加劑。[Example 4] When preparing the interlayer-forming composition, the aforementioned siloxane compound was omitted, and the amount of ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer used was reduced to 16.5 g instead of 15 g. (In other words, the siloxane compound was replaced with the same mass of the aforementioned ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and only the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran.) A wafer and roll for semiconductor device manufacturing were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except for these differences. The results are shown in Table 1. "-" in the additive column in Table 1 indicates that the additive was not used.
[實施例5] 於對第二中間積層體進行衝壓加工時,將衝壓部位之形狀變更為自第二中間積層體的中心部之圓環狀(圓環之內徑162.5mm、外徑186.75mm),將所製造之膜狀接著劑及中間層之平面形狀之直徑由305mm變更為315mm,除了上述方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。[Example 5] During the stamping process on the second intermediate laminate, the stamping area was changed to a ring centered at the center of the second intermediate laminate (with an inner diameter of 162.5 mm and an outer diameter of 186.75 mm). The diameter of the resulting film adhesive and intermediate layer was changed from 305 mm to 315 mm. A semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and roll were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except for these changes. The results are shown in Table 1.
[參考例1] 於對第二中間積層體進行衝壓加工後,除了圓環狀之溝槽部分以外,將位於該溝槽的外側之外周部亦去除而不形成外周部,除了該方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。[Reference Example 1] After stamping the second intermediate layer, in addition to the annular trench portion, the outer peripheral portion outside the trench was also removed to eliminate the outer peripheral portion. A wafer and roll for semiconductor device manufacturing were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except for this modification. The results are shown in Table 1.
[比較例1] 於製作中間層形成用組成物時,代替前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物而使用相同質量之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA,重量平均分子量200000,自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量25質量%),且使中間層形成用組成物之塗敷量增大,將中間層之厚度設為80μm代替20μm,除了上述方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。Comparative Example 1: In the preparation of the interlayer-forming composition, an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA, weight-average molecular weight 200,000, content of vinyl acetate-derived units 25% by mass) was used in place of the aforementioned ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer. The amount of interlayer-forming composition applied was increased, and the thickness of the interlayer was set to 80 μm instead of 20 μm. A semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and roll were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except for the above-mentioned differences. The results are shown in Table 1.
[比較例2] 於製作中間層形成用組成物時,代替前述乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物而使用相同質量之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA,重量平均分子量200000,自乙酸乙烯酯衍生之構成單元之含量25質量%),除了該方面以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。Comparative Example 2: Semiconductor device manufacturing sheets and rolls were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except that the interlayer-forming composition was prepared using an equivalent mass of ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA, weight-average molecular weight 200,000, content of vinyl acetate-derived units 25% by mass) instead of the aforementioned ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer. The results are shown in Table 1.
[比較例3] 除了不設置中間層以外,利用與實施例1之情形相同之方法製造半導體裝置製造用片及輥體並進行評價。將結果顯示於表1。表1中之添加劑之欄的「-」之記載意指未設置中間層。[Comparative Example 3] A semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and roll were produced and evaluated using the same method as in Example 1, except that no interlayer was provided. The results are shown in Table 1. The "-" in the Additive column in Table 1 indicates that no interlayer was provided.
[表1]
如由上述結果所表明,於標籤部的外側設有外周部之實施例1至實施例5之半導體裝置製造用片之輥體係捲取痕跡之產生得到抑制。As shown by the above results, the rolls of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheets of Examples 1 to 5, in which the peripheral portion is provided on the outer side of the label portion, suppress the generation of winding marks.
進而,實施例1至實施例5之半導體裝置製造用片係於刀片切割時,切削屑之產生得到抑制,於擴展時,膜狀接著劑之切斷不良得到抑制,半導體晶圓之分割適性優異。 實施例1至實施例5之半導體裝置製造用片中,半導體裝置製造用片中的中間層作為主成分而含有之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之重量平均分子量為30000。 再者,關於比較例2中擴展時之膜狀接著劑之切斷性差之理由,可認為原因在於上述重量平均分子量大,且剝離強度大(可認為若剝離強度大造成膜狀接著劑追隨於中間層)。關於該方面,推測實施例1至實施例2、實施例4至實施例5及參考例1雖剝離力高,但上述重量平均分子量低,因而切斷性良好。Furthermore, the semiconductor device manufacturing sheets of Examples 1 through 5 suppress the generation of cutting chips during blade dicing and minimize poor film adhesive cutting during expansion, resulting in excellent semiconductor wafer singulation suitability. In the semiconductor device manufacturing sheets of Examples 1 through 5, the weight-average molecular weight of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer contained as a main component in the intermediate layer of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet is 30,000. Furthermore, the poor cutting performance of the film adhesive during expansion in Comparative Example 2 is believed to be due to the high weight-average molecular weight and high peel strength (it is believed that the high peel strength causes the film adhesive to follow the intermediate layer). In this regard, it is speculated that although Examples 1 to 2, Examples 4 to 5, and Reference Example 1 have high peeling forces, they have good chopping properties due to their low weight average molecular weight.
相對於此,前述重量平均分子量為200000之比較例1至比較例2中,於刀片切割時,切削屑之產生未得到抑制,半導體晶圓之分割適性差。比較例3中,未設有中間層,可認為刀片到達基材而產生源自基材之切削屑。In contrast, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, where the weight-average molecular weight was 200,000, the generation of cutting chips was not suppressed during blade dicing, resulting in poor semiconductor wafer separation suitability. In Comparative Example 3, where no intermediate layer was provided, it is believed that the blade reached the substrate, generating cutting chips originating from the substrate.
實施例1至實施例4之半導體裝置用片係標籤部之膜狀接著劑之直徑與半導體晶圓之直徑之差為10mm以下(5mm),膜狀接著劑之飛散抑制性效果良好。 實施例5中,標籤部之膜狀接著劑之寬度之最大值與半導體晶圓之寬度之最大值之差大於10mm(15mm),實施例5中,膜狀接著劑之飛散抑制性差。In Examples 1 to 4, the difference between the diameter of the film adhesive in the label portion of the semiconductor device sheet and the diameter of the semiconductor wafer was less than 10 mm (5 mm), indicating that the film adhesive had good scattering suppression performance. In Example 5, the difference between the maximum width of the film adhesive in the label portion and the maximum width of the semiconductor wafer was greater than 10 mm (15 mm), indicating that the film adhesive had poor scattering suppression performance.
中間層之厚度為15μm以上至80μm以下的實施例1及實施例3至實施例5之半導體裝置用片係中間層之破裂之產生得到抑制。In the semiconductor device sheets of Examples 1 and 3 to 5 in which the thickness of the intermediate layer is 15 μm to 80 μm inclusive, cracking of the intermediate layer is suppressed.
實施例1、實施例2及實施例5之半導體裝置用片係擴展後之具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之拾取性優異。The semiconductor device sheets of Examples 1, 2, and 5 have excellent pickup properties for silicon wafers with film adhesives after expansion.
半導體裝置製造用片中的中間層含有前述矽氧烷系化合物之半導體裝置用片當中,實施例1至實施例2、實施例5之半導體裝置用片係中間層的藉由X射線光電子分光法所得之前述矽之濃度的比率為1%至20%,T字剝離強度為100mN/50mm以下而適度低,拾取性優異。實施例1至實施例2、實施例4至實施例5中,這些評價結果與上述具膜狀接著劑之矽晶片之拾取性之評價結果匹配。Among the semiconductor device sheets containing the aforementioned siloxane compound in the interlayer of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, the concentration of the aforementioned silicon in the interlayer of Examples 1, 2, and 5, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, was 1% to 20%, and the T-peel strength was moderately low, at 100 mN/50 mm or less, indicating excellent pickup performance. These evaluation results for Examples 1, 2, 4, and 5 matched the pickup performance evaluation results for the aforementioned silicon wafers with film adhesives.
實施例3之半導體製造用片雖前述T字剝離強度為60mN/50mm以下而適度低,但中間層之厚度厚至100μm,因而可認為實施例之拾取性之評價的條件中,具有厚度之中間層緩和了頂起之力,成為拾取性差之結果。Although the T-peel strength of the semiconductor manufacturing sheet of Example 3 is moderately low at 60mN/50mm or less, the thickness of the intermediate layer is as thick as 100μm. Therefore, it can be considered that under the conditions for evaluating the pickup performance of the embodiment, the thick intermediate layer mitigates the lifting force, resulting in poor pickup performance.
再者,相較於實施例1之半導體裝置製造用片,實施例3之半導體裝置製造用片之前述T字剝離強度更小之原因推測如下。矽氧烷系化合物之含量相對於中間層之總質量的比率(質量%)於實施例1與實施例3之半導體裝置製造用片中相同。然而,中間層的矽氧烷系化合物之含量(質量份)受到厚度增厚的影響,實施例3會多於實施例1。進而,中間層中,矽氧烷系化合物容易集中存在於中間層的兩面及其附近區域。因此,可認為集中存在於中間層的兩面及其附近區域之矽氧烷系化合物之量也是實施例3多於實施例1。Furthermore, the reason why the aforementioned T-peel strength of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of Example 3 is smaller than that of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet of Example 1 is presumed to be as follows. The ratio of the content of the siloxane compound to the total mass of the intermediate layer (mass %) is the same in the semiconductor device manufacturing sheets of Example 1 and Example 3. However, the content (mass percentage) of the siloxane compound in the intermediate layer is affected by the increase in thickness, and Example 3 has more than Example 1. Furthermore, in the intermediate layer, the siloxane compound tends to be concentrated on both sides of the intermediate layer and the surrounding areas. Therefore, it can be considered that the amount of the siloxane compound concentrated on both sides of the intermediate layer and the surrounding areas is also greater in Example 3 than in Example 1.
再者,任一分析中,於對中間層之露出面進行XPS分析時,均未檢測出氮。Furthermore, in any of the analyses, no nitrogen was detected when XPS analysis was performed on the exposed surface of the intermediate layer.
再者,比較例1至比較例2之半導體裝置製造用片之不同點僅為中間層之厚度,比較例1至比較例2之中間層及膜狀接著劑間之T字剝離強度之關係顯示與實施例1至實施例2之情形相同之傾向。Furthermore, the only difference between the semiconductor device manufacturing sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 is the thickness of the intermediate layer. The relationship between the T-peel strength between the intermediate layer and the film adhesive in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 shows the same tendency as that in Examples 1 and 2.
各實施形態中之各構成及各構成之組合等為一例,能夠於不偏離本發明之主旨之範圍內,進行構成之附加、省略、替換及其他變更。另外,本發明不受各實施形態之限定,僅由請求項(申請專利範圍)之範圍限定。 [產業可利用性]Each component and combination of components in each embodiment is an example, and additions, omissions, substitutions, and other modifications of components can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. In addition, the present invention is not limited to each embodiment, but only to the scope of the claims (patent application scope). [Industrial Applicability]
本發明係能夠用於製造半導體裝置。The present invention can be used to manufacture semiconductor devices.
1:支撐片 7:扯離機構 8:背面研磨帶 9:半導體晶片 9’:半導體晶圓 9a:半導體晶片的電路形成面 9a’:半導體晶圓的電路形成面 9b:半導體晶片的內面 9b’:半導體晶圓的內面 10:積層片 11:基材 11a:基材的第一面 12:黏著劑層 12a:黏著劑層中的與設有基材之側為相反側之面(黏著劑層的第一面) 13:中間層 13a:中間層中的與設有黏著劑層之側為相反側之面(中間層的第一面) 14:膜狀接著劑 14a:膜狀接著劑的第一面 15,16:剝離膜 30:標籤部 32:外周部 34:溝槽 35:第一溝槽 36:第二溝槽 101:半導體裝置製造用片 102:第二中間積層體 103:第二中間積層體加工物 104:第一中間積層體 105:積層物 110:輥體 90’:改質層 901:半導體晶片群 140:切斷後之膜狀接著劑 910:具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片群 914:具膜狀接著劑之半導體晶片 C1,C2,C3,C4:切入部 E1 :擴展之方向 H30 :標籤部的半導體裝置製造用片之厚度 H32 :外周部的半導體裝置製造用片之厚度 P:扯離之方向 P30 :單位 W9’:半導體晶圓之寬度 W13 :中間層之寬度 W14 :膜狀接著劑之寬度 W34 :溝槽之寬度1: Support sheet 7: Pull-off mechanism 8: Back grinding tape 9: Semiconductor chip 9': Semiconductor wafer 9a: Circuit-forming surface of semiconductor chip 9a': Circuit-forming surface of semiconductor wafer 9b: Inner surface of semiconductor chip 9b': Inner surface of semiconductor wafer 10: Laminated sheet 11: Substrate 11a: First surface of substrate 12: Adhesive layer 12a: Surface of the adhesive layer opposite to the substrate (first surface of the adhesive layer) 13: Intermediate layer 13a: Surface of the intermediate layer opposite to the adhesive layer (first surface of the intermediate layer) 14: Film adhesive 14a: First surface of film adhesive 15, 16: Peel film 30: Label portion 32: Peripheral portion 34: Groove 35: First groove 36: Second groove 101: Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet 102: Second intermediate multilayer 103: Second intermediate multilayer workpiece 104: First intermediate multilayer 105: Multilayer 110: Roller 90': Modified layer 901: Semiconductor chip group 140: Film adhesive after cutting 910: Semiconductor chip group with film adhesive 914: Semiconductor chip with film adhesive C1, C2, C3, C4: Cutting portion E 1 : Expansion direction H 30 : Thickness H of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at the label portion 32 : Thickness P of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at the periphery: P in the pull-off direction 30 : Unit W 9' : Width of the semiconductor wafer W 13 : Width of the intermediate layer W 14 : Width of the film adhesive W 34 : Width of the trench
[圖1]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的剖面圖。 [圖2]係本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片之平面圖。 [圖3A]係表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例的示意圖。 [圖3B]係表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例的示意圖。 [圖3C]係表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例的示意圖。 [圖3D]係表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的製造方法之一例的示意圖。 [圖4]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片之輥體的剖面圖。 [圖5A]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖5B]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖5C]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖6A]係用以示意性地說明半導體晶片的製造方法之一例的剖面圖。[圖6B]係用以示意性地說明半導體晶片的製造方法之一例的剖面圖。[圖6C]係用以示意性地說明半導體晶片的製造方法之一例的剖面圖。[圖7A]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖7B]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖7C]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置製造用片的使用方法之另一例的剖面圖。[Figure 1] is a schematic cross-sectional view of a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 2] is a plan view of a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 3A] is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 3B] is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 3C] is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 3D] is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 4] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating a roll of a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 5A] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 5B] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 5C] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 6A] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip. [Figure 6B] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip. Figure 6C is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating one example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip. Figure 7A is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method for using a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention. Figure 7B is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method for using a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention. Figure 7C is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method for using a semiconductor device manufacturing sheet according to one embodiment of the present invention.
1:支撐片 1: Support sheet
11:基材 11: Base Material
11a:基材的第一面 11a: First side of substrate
12:黏著劑層 12: Adhesive layer
12a:黏著劑層中的與設有基材之側為相反側之面(黏著劑層的第一面) 12a: The surface of the adhesive layer opposite to the side with the substrate (the first surface of the adhesive layer)
13:中間層 13:Middle layer
13a:中間層中的與設有黏著劑層之側為相反側之面(中間層的第一面) 13a: The surface of the intermediate layer opposite to the side with the adhesive layer (the first surface of the intermediate layer)
14:膜狀接著劑 14: Film adhesive
14a:膜狀接著劑的第一面 14a: The first side of the film adhesive
15:剝離膜 15: Peeling membrane
30:標籤部 30: Label Department
32:外周部 32: Peripheral part
34:溝槽 34: Groove
101:半導體裝置製造用片 101: Sheet for semiconductor device manufacturing
H30:標籤部的半導體裝置製造用片之厚度 H30 : Thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at the label portion
H32:外周部的半導體裝置製造用片之厚度 H32 : Thickness of the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet at the peripheral portion
W13:中間層之寬度 W 13 : Width of the middle layer
W14:膜狀接著劑之寬度 W 14 : Width of film adhesive
W34:溝槽之寬度 W 34 : Groove width
Claims (12)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020058734 | 2020-03-27 | ||
| JP2020-058734 | 2020-03-27 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202141602A TW202141602A (en) | 2021-11-01 |
| TWI900551B true TWI900551B (en) | 2025-10-11 |
Family
ID=
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018179475A1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2018-10-04 | リンテック株式会社 | Protection film-forming composite sheet |
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018179475A1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2018-10-04 | リンテック株式会社 | Protection film-forming composite sheet |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI897937B (en) | Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with film adhesive | |
| WO2020004210A1 (en) | Method for producing semiconductor chip and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TWI900551B (en) | Semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, method for manufacturing semiconductor device manufacturing sheet, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with film adhesive | |
| TWI899194B (en) | Method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with film adhesive | |
| JP7475923B2 (en) | Sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device. | |
| CN214956807U (en) | Sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device | |
| JP2025179117A (en) | Sheet for manufacturing semiconductor devices |